Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2018-11-27 Meeting Agenda
Public Safety Committee Meeting Commission Chamber- 11/27/2018- 1:10 PM PUBLIC SAFETY 1.Motion to approve the minutes of the Public Safety Committee held on November 13, 2018.Attachments 2.Approve and accept a grant award for the continuation of the Victims of Crime Act (VOCA) Grant with funding from the Criminal Justice Coordinating Council of Georgia to provide services to crime victims for the period from October 1, 2018 through September 30, 2019, and authorize the Mayor to execute the necessary documents. Attachments 3.Motion to approve the grant award in the amount of $3,756 for the supplies that will be used in the prison program - From the Dog House to the Big House Dog Training Program. Attachments 4.Accept an award in the amount of $6,000.00 from the Department of Homeland Security for the Richmond County Sheriff's Office Bomb K-9 Unit. The monies will assist RCSO in sustaining the Bomb-K-9. Attachments 5.The Richmond County Sheriff's Office is requesting to accept an award from the Georgia Emergency Management Agency in the amount of $28,080.00. RCSO will use this funding to sustain and maintain the GEMA Region #5 CBRNE Response Team. Attachments 6.Motion to approve the allocation of funding for the Richmond County Sheriff's Office (RCSO) in the amount of $133,900.00 to implement the Department of Homeland (DHS) State Homeland Security Grant Program. Attachments 7.Approve contract with Motorola Solutions, Inc., to implement an Interview Room Recording and Digital Evidence Management System for the Richmond County Sheriff’s Office. RFP #18-231. Attachments 8.Motion to approve Intergovernmental Agreement (IGA) between Georgia Department of Corrections and City of Augusta Animal Services. Attachments www.augustaga.gov Public Safety Committee Meeting 11/27/2018 1:10 PM Minutes Department: Presenter: Caption:Motion to approve the minutes of the Public Safety Committee held on November 13, 2018. Background: Analysis: Financial Impact: Alternatives: Recommendation: Funds are Available in the Following Accounts: REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY: Cover Memo Item # 1 Public Safety Committee Meeting Commission Chamber - llll3l20l8 ATTENDANICE: Present: Hons. D. Williams, Chairman; Clarke, Vice Chairman; Sias, member. Absent: Hon. Hardie Davis, Jr., Mayor. PI]BLIC SAFETY 1. Motion to approve acceptance of a grant award in the amount of $21,900.00 Item from Firehouse Subs Grant Program and authorize the Mayor to execute all Action: required documents. Approved Motions Motion Type Approve Motions Motion Type Approve Motion Text Motion to approve. Made By Commissioner Sammie Sias Seconded By Commissioner John Clarke Motion Result Passes Motion Result Passes Motion Text Made By Seconded By Motion to approve. Commissioner Commissioner Motion Passes Sammie Sias John Clarke 3-0. 2. Motion to approve 3 grant contract positions for the State Court ltem Accountability Court Programs. Accountability Court was granted 3 grant Action:positions: Approved 1. CJCC grant position of Laboratory Technician 2. SAMHSA grant position of External Evaluator 3. SAMHSA grant position of Project Coordinator Attachment number 1 \nPage 1 of 4 Item # 1 Motion Passes 3-0. 3. Discuss the city's unattended (running loose) animal population. @equested ltem by Commissioner Marion Williams) Action: Approved Motions Motion Motionfr* - Motion Text Made By Seconded By ii.rri," Motion to approve receiving this item as information and having the Animal Services ^ Director come back in 60 Commissioner CommissiorApprove o'"r, *r,n a report of how Sammie sias John ctu*Jtt Passes their new initiatives are working to deal with this problem. Motion Passes 3-0. 4. Motion to approve acceptance of continuing grant funding ($33,000) from the Item Georgia Department of Corrections (GDC) to provide resources for offenders Action: who do not have a high school diploma, GED, or who could benefit from a Approved technical college certificate for vocational programs and/or OJT. Motions Motionf,f,_1!_m,rf,rh^Motion;"""" Motion Text Made By Seconded By'f'ype - ----- -'t -------- -'I Result Motion to a .^.^..^_-^ approve. Commissioner CommissionerApprove Motion passes Sammie Sias John clarke Passes 3-0. 5. Approve the Georgia Open Roads Policy: Quick Clearance for Safety and Item Mobility Endorsement Resolution and authorize the Fire Chief to sign said Action:Resolution. Approved Motions Motion Motion Text Made By Seconded By fffiiI'ype Approve passes Attachment number 1 \nPage 2 of 4 Item # 1 Motion to approve Commissioner Commissioner with the Mayor to sign Sammie Sias John Clarke the necessary documents. Motion Passes 3-0. 6. Approve deposit of check from GEMA in the amount of $5,905.00 into Item Augusta, GA. account and issue a check made payable to LEPC in the amount Action: of $5,905.00 for the reimburse of funds expended in operations. Approved Motions Motion Made Seconded Motion il;;- Motion Text By By Resurt Unanimous consent is given to delete this item from the agenda. 7. Motion to approve Augusta's Emergency Management Agency to apply for Item grant funding to complete the 2022 Hazard Mitigation Plan Update; and Action: approve the mayor to sign all necessary grantpaperwork. Approved Motions Motion Motion;----- Motion Text Made By Seconded ByType '---- -'1 Result Motion to ^ _-_-_--_- approve. Commissioner CommissionerApprove Motion Passes Sammie Sias John Clarke Passes 3-0. 8. Motion to approve the minutes of the Public Safety Committee held on Item October 30, 2018. Action: Approved Motions Motion Text Made By Seconded By Motion Result Motion to ^ approve. Commissioner CommissionerApprove rutotion passes Sammie Sias John Ctarke Passes 3-0. 9. Motion to approve Bid Item # 18-285 and award bid to Contract Management Inc. to provide demolition and reconstruction of the parking lot Attachment number 1 \nPage 3 of 4 Item # 1 and to enlarge the entranceway at Eve Street for Station 4 in the amount of Item $60,981.30 and authorize the Mayor to execute the necessary documents. Action: Approved Motions Motion r r Motion- ----- Motion Text Made By Seconded By'I'ype - ----- -, Result Motion to ^ approve. Commissioner CommissionerApprove ilition passes Sammie Sias John clarke Passes 3-0. www.auqustaga.gov Attachment number 1 \nPage 4 of 4 Item # 1 Public Safety Committee Meeting 11/27/2018 1:10 PM Victims of Crime Act (VOCA) Grant Department:District Attorney Presenter:Natalie Paine Caption:Approve and accept a grant award for the continuation of the Victims of Crime Act (VOCA) Grant with funding from the Criminal Justice Coordinating Council of Georgia to provide services to crime victims for the period from October 1, 2018 through September 30, 2019, and authorize the Mayor to execute the necessary documents. Background:It is for the Victim Assistance Program in the District Attorney’s Office. Our office has received funding from the Criminal Justice Coordinating Council for over 20 years, and this is a continuation grant from last year. The purpose is to allow for the provision of services to crime victims as outlined in the Crime Victims’ Bill of Rights. The funding is used primarily for the salary of one victim advocate, one intake advocate, and one victim’s compensation advocate, with a small portion allocated for supplies. Analysis:There is a total match required of $22, 415. The match is met through in-kind volunteer hours and the use of existing County paid advocate positions. Financial Impact:Funded via the Criminal Justice Coordinating Council of Georgia Victim of Crime Act Grant (VOCA) Grant # C17-8- 170, C17-8-171 Federal Funds = $139,995 Alternatives:None Recommendation: Funds are Available in the Org Key: 220022627 Cover Memo Item # 2 Following Accounts: REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY: Finance. Law. Administrator. Clerk of Commission Cover Memo Item # 2 PETER J. SKANDALAKIS Executive Director GEORGE HARTWIG Chair District Attorney Houston Judicial Circuit STEPHANIE WOODARD Vice Chair Solicitor-General Hall County GREGORY W. EDWARDS Secretary District Attorney Dougherty Judicial Circuit PAUL BOWDEN District Attorney Tifton Judicial Circuit REBECCA GRIST Solicitor-General Macon-Bibb County BARRY MORGAN Solicitor-General Cobb County BERT POSTON District Attorney Conasauga Judicial Circuit D. VICTOR REYNOLDS District Attorney Cobb Judicial Circuit TIMOTHY G. VAUGHN District Attorney Oconee Judicial Circuit 1590 Adamson Parkway, Fourth Floor ● Morrow, Georgia 30260-1755 ● phone: (770) 282-6300 ● fax: (770) 282-6368 ● www.pacga.org October 1, 2018 Re: Federal Fiscal Year 2019 VOCA Allocation - October 1, 2018 through September 30, 2019 Dear Ms. Paine: It is my pleasure to inform you that the Criminal Justice Coordinating Council (CJCC) has approved the Federal Fiscal Year 2019 VOCA Continuation Base and Comp Advocate funding applications as submitted by the Prosecuting Attorneys’ Council of Georgia (PAC). Therefore, your office has been selected to receive a portion of those funds. Below are the specifics with regard to your allocation of the statewide grant distribution. County: Augusta-Richmond Implementing Prosecuting Attorney: District Attorney Natalie Paine Grant Period: October 1, 2018 through September 30, 2019 Allocation 1 (Base Funds): Base Federal Funds: $89,661 Base Match Funds: $22,415 Sub-Grant Number: C17-8-171 Allocation 2 (Comp Advocate Funds): Comp Advocate Federal Funds: $50,334 Comp Advocate Match Waiver Request Funds: $12,584 Sub-Grant Number: C17-8-170 The activation documents (see included checklist for guidelines on submitting documents) must be returned to PAC no later than November 15, 2018. If you have any questions, please contact Kathy Kemp (kkemp@pacga.org) or at (770) 282-6364. Sincerely, Peter J. Skandalakis Executive Director Prosecuting Attorneys’ Council Attachment number 1 \nPage 1 of 1 Item # 2 CJCC Budget Detail Worksheet $nnol-ListeacfiPositionbytitleandnameof€mployee'ilava.labIe.lnordgrtocatcuEG Compensation of €mPloyees engaged in progBm activilies must be consislent with thal tor similar work within the appticant igency. to the Dstrllwo,k3boeti3u.edtovorify!llsubgranlExPendilureRoqug3b(srae}inu ,ill lt out completely wllh ihe Subgr.nt AdJustmant nequest (SARI It ln you, .wrrd pactct.nd foi elch sublequeni SAR thtt requirur ! budgst chrngo, A[rd lnformation must b9 pretont ln tha budgat nrrrauv€, rrg!rdlsss of ,omr! ' ll you need oxtra lin85 h the Eprosdshoet lndor one o{ the oalegolie8: r) Highlight an ontire row or block of lines withh lh€ same c€tegory 2) KeepirE your mouse oyer the you don'l change the tormulas insenod in th€ spreadshoet )upgtant N!moel Augusla Hlchmond Counly DA VWAP Sel€cl orant tvoe:VOCA Tiile Firul and Lrat nam€Salary Rate 'ra fime to Proiact Salacl P.y Period FlGduencv Cosl Malch? Yiclim Advocale laitlio Gordy $33.678.00 100%Bireeklv s33.678 00 N/Aarly lnlake Advocale (aren Hyatt s32,709.00 1000/.Biweekly 532.709.00 N/AViclim Advrcate fanlelle Dickenson 538.379.0(49./.Bireeklv s18.94r.m Cash/ utt.5ss s0.00 s0.00 s0 50 0c s0 0c $0 0c s0 0c $0.0c 50 00 50 00 $0 00 s0 s0 0c s0.0( s0 $0.0c s0 0c $0.00 s0 00 30.00 $0 00 $0.0( s0 0r s0.0c $0.0c $o oc $0 0c $0 Tiile First and Last name Hourly wage Hours per wsek on prcject Weeks worked a n nua lly Solocl Pay Period Frequcncy Cosl llatch? $0. s0.0c $0.0c go oc $0.0c s0.0c s0 30 00 $0.0( $0.0( s0 s0 0c s0 $o oc so oc $0.0c s0.0c o.o0 s0 0t 1 Attachment number 2 \nPage 1 of 8 Item # 2 so tlc $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 s0.00 PERSONNEL TOTAL t85,3 Je tzl. voru l$ lzltDur unhss aPProvBd by CJCC 6lefi lor a hEher rato. Romsmbsr thrt VOCA awardeeE mlrd mesl I minimum volunleer malch d 25% of Ole tolal 20% mafch I lrequircmant. Do nol change th€ droldorvn seledion bor from 'ln-kind' or your malch wlll not caladate corecily. I lbenefrts on overtimo hours ar9 limiled to FICA" Worksls Compensalion and State Unemploymenl Compensation. Costs lrcluded withln this category 8re: FICA I J(employet's portioo ot Sodd S€crrity and Modlc€re tax€s), empb)€,'6 portion of retirement, emdoysfs porlion of hsuranco (health, ff6, donta,, slc ), employB/s Ilporlion ofworke,'s ComDensation and Stale Un€mDlovment Compensation I Title FiGt and Last neme Totsl rnnual trlary or wagtS Select rrings lype Entlr nls ot r.ch ,ringe benerit.r. pecont.ge ol salary or wagea % Tims lo Prcject Cost Match? vrctim Advocale :arllrn G1tirinG Reliremenl 6. l00/6 100vo \frclim Advocale in Gordv lnsumre .678 0( lnsurance o.24%100%579.14 Victim Advo€te Saillin Gordv lnsurane 'roo%s177.0 aren Hyalt 709 0(FICA 7 65'/o 1000n $2.502 24 lntake Advocate 3ren Hvall lnleks Advffite atl lnsurance o 24'/.100% lnlake Advocate aren Hyall lSUBnCe ).00 50 00 $0 0t 000 50 00 $0c s0.0( s0 0.0( $0.0( 50 0c 0.0( 0.0( 50 00(oot Attachment number 2 \nPage 2 of 8 Item # 2 $0.0( s0.0c s0.0c s0 0c $0.0{ $0.0c $0.o0 30.00 s0 0( Mil€age Purpose o, Travol St!ff momber L6ation or Coverage Area Cost per mile Miles per gr.nl veaa Total Corl Metch? SI $0.0( s0 s0.00 s0.0( s0 0( s0 0t TRAVEL TOTAL lmffxTl*il[", il-ffiil 1.ffiil#;t*mffimx:"# ig,g"j,s3;i,llgfl;,$lliiljianarive ooscribine rhe procu*ment meurod ro ue useo pT1l?l Equipment llem Cost per Untt I ltems Vandor Cost nm t0.0(,ME?.]T IOTAL lleln Cost Dor !nit Derine Unit I Unit3 | fanAor Cost Match? Miscellaneous Supplies 50.00 $0.00 s0.0 $0.0c $0 00 s0 $0 SUPPLY TOTAL 5. I rt.m Attachment number 2 \nPage 3 of 8 Item # 2 ) Brochures 35000 Phoenix Pnntinq WAP Notificalbn Cards 85000 Phoenix Printing 00( s0.0( PRINTING TOTAL type (e.S.lease, repairrmaintenance, utilities, copier postage meler, insurence & bonding, dues reglstratioo foes, flm processing, nolary seryicos, public reletions, communioalion serhrs - indicate i, DOAS is provlder). Show budget calcuhtron For examPle, provide ofico space squrs footage and lhe lease rate or provide tie monthly lease amount and the number of months leased. For unil enler lime period as applicable (i.6., 'month' for or leave blaok tor items such as registEtion that require s ooe{ime lee. Item Cost pei unil I o, Units % Charged to Gmnt Vend o r Cost Match? s0.0c i0. t0 $0.0( $0.0c s0 0c F. (1) Subtotal 10. Nams ot Consultant S6ruice Provided Cosl D€r unll wilne unrr or Saryice # Unit6 Cost Match? t0 0i 30 0( t. ld))uptolr lproc€ss in awardino mtmds A seoarate iustifEation musl be provided for sole source contrads m ex@ss ol $100.O0O. I Item VGndot Seruice Provided s0.00 s0 00 90 00 s0 s0 00 F. (31 Subiotal $0. lcomputed via Excel formda. hdicate the am(xrd ot grant lunds reqs€sted and tho amounl of noGgrant flnds thal will supporl th€ projoct I Narrallve lbudgsl nanstiv? 8nd detlil wortsheel tor h'hich ,tems these funds will be used. Attachment number 2 \nPage 4 of 8 Item # 2 CJCC Budget Detail Worksheet This to vorify all Subgrant Expenditur.to dolermino whothor c0316 are allowablo,ti,l lt otll comPlotoly witi thg Subgrant AdJustm.nt Requosl (SARI *1 in your rwlrd pactet .nd tor oech sub3equent SAR tt.l rrqulrer e budgol ch.nge. Alld :nrormation must bo pralent ln the budgat namtiv3, regatdloG of tormrt. - lf you need axtra lrEs in the sPteadsheel under one o, the categories: 'l ) Htghlighl an enlire row or block of lines within lhe same category 2) Keeping your mouse oyer lhe you don't change the formulas hserled in tho spreadsheet. (1).sonn9l-Lisfeachposit.onbytit|eandnameofemploye€,,availe!le.tnoraertocarcuia@ comPensation oJ emPloyes engaged ln program activilies musl be consistent with that lor similar work withm the applicant agency. lo be devoted lo the PAC SUD9rant NUmD0r: ProJect Nsme Augusta Richmond CounlrDFWAF Select Erant type VOCA Title First rnd Lrst nlme - Salary Rate % Tima to Projsct Sslect Pay Period Freougncv Cost Match? omp Advocate IAN'T $31.500.00 100%Brweeklv s31.500 N/A\,IATCH WAIVER sl2 584 00 100%1 2.584 00 NJA s0.00 $0.00 s0 $0 0c $0.0c $0.0c $0.0c $0 $0 0c s0 00 $0 00 $0.0( $0.0( $0.0( $0.0a $0.0c 90 0r $0.0c $0m $0 00 $0.00 s0.0( $0.0( s0 $0 0c $0.0c s0 $0.0c s0.00 30.00 Title First and Lasi name Hourly wage Houra per week on projsct Waols worked annually Select Pay Parlod Fraquency Cost Match? 50.0c s00 t00 $0.0c so o0 $0 00 $0 0( s0 s0 0c s0 0c s0 s0 00 s0m $0 s0 00 $0 00 s0 rx $0.0( 50 0( $0.0( $0 1 Attachment number 2 \nPage 5 of 8 Item # 2 $0.00 s0 0( 30 0c s0.0c $0 0c s0 s0 0c $0.0c PERSONNEL TOTAL ['14,084 the number of hours of service volunteers will pedorm to meet lhe match udess approved by CJCC staft for a higher rato. Rem6mbe. that VOCA awardees musl rneet a minimum volunteer match ol 25% of tho total 20% mstch Do not change the droPdown selection bor kom "lr}kin(r or your mstch will mt calcuato consctly. {3r. Fringe- Amonts should b€ bas6d on or a formula for personnel listed above, utilizir€ th€ perentage of time d€votsd lo ths program. on overtims hours are limited to FICA, Worteis Compensation and State Unemploymenl Compensation. Costs included within lhis c€tegory are: FICA portion ol Social Searrity Bnd Medic€rs laxes), empoye/s portion ot rstremont, 6mpbye/s portlon o, insursnce (health, lifs, d6ntal, elc.), employe/s of Worke,'s Compcnsalion and State Unemployment Comp€nsation. musl be llemize trawl sxpenses ol program pecdxr€l by calegpry (9.9. 1 in lhr nighBrdryr licld lnd use th. round.trlp cori.. Please note that lhe maximum reimbursgment rate ls $0.505 per mile, bol if your agency's raimbursement rate is lower Titlg Firsl and Lasl nrme fobl rnnual 3rlar) o? weg03 Selocl r.ingg tyPe Enter r:lo of cach trlnge bcncfii .s ! p.ccntlg€ ot Ealary or w39sB 'tr Time lo Project Cost Matc h? $2.4 Comp AdvcGle ANT Retiremenl 21.69%100%s6.832 3: ComD Advcocale ANT s31 lnsurance $0 0( 00c s00 50.0t 0.ot FRINGE IOTAL $1E,634.1 Attachment number 2 \nPage 6 of 8 Item # 2 $0 0( s0.0c s0 0c 00c s $0.00 s0.0( s0.0r $0 0c M ileaoe Purpose ot Travel Starl member Localion or Coverage Area Cost pei mile Miles psr grrnt vear Total Cost Malch? $0 i0.0( s0.0( s0.0c 00c s0 0c 50 0c TRAVEL TOTAL l0 lnote that all items must be 8t basl 55,000 per unit to be considered equipment. Othorwbe please list items in .Supdies. I Equipmont llem Cost oer LJnit ,ltems Vendor s0.0c s0.00 s0.00 EOUIP}IENT 1OTAL 90.0( lenter Sl 00 for cost per unit; 'monih" lor cleline uniu t A lor # units, and Otrice p8looze for Ve0dor, Leave .detine unii. blank if not applicable. ' ' I It6m CBt per unit Oefine Unit , Unils Vendor Cort Match? E0.00 s0.00 000 $0 0c $0.0c 00c $0.0( s0.0c t0.0c t0.0{ $00 SUPPLY TOTAL 50.00 |E. Prinung.- -List ltems Dy ql?e (e.S. hnCrheaden lcost per unit; 'tof tor dofine unit; 2 tor * unils, and Prinl Manie tor Vgndor. Leave 'dolino unil" blank if it is not applic€blo. I 3 Attachment number 2 \nPage 7 of 8 Item # 2 $0 0c 10.00 $0.0c s0.00 PRINTING TOTAL s0.0( . (1 l Othcr Cost!- List ilems by b/pe (e.9. real properly base,postage meter, ,nsurance & bondng, dues & subscriptions, ottice space squarc lootage and the lea6.e rale or provide the monlhly leaso amount and lhe number ot monlhs l6asod. For unit onter lims poriod as applicable (i.e., "month" for or have blank for ilems such as registration that require a one-time lee. Item Coel per unil t o, UniG Vsndor Cost Mrtch? $0 $0 0c $0 0c s0 0c sc 50.0c $0 0c s00 s0 0c $0 0c lcomputed via E{oel formula. lndicate the amount of grant lunds rcquestod and tho amounl ol non-grant ftnds lhat wl[ Guppod th€ project. I Narrative loudget narative ed detail wrksheet lor wtich items ttEsa funds wilt be u*d. I I estimated numbtr of unils (eo.. I hour o, theraDvl. Name ot Consullrnt Seruice Providsd CoEt per unil wlne untr or Seryice * Unlts Cosl Match? s0 00 s0 00 s0.00 lpr@ss in awardinq contracls A se9ara!€ tuslitrcalion must be provded for sole source conlracts in excess ot $1O0,OOO. I Item Vendor Seruice ProYided Cost Match? s0 $0.0c s0 50 r. (3) Sublor8l 7c UnalgeO to Grant t. It I SuDtotat Attachment number 2 \nPage 8 of 8 Item # 2 Attachment number 3 \nPage 1 of 1 Item # 2 Public Safety Committee Meeting 11/27/2018 1:10 PM Accept $3756 Grant for Prison Program Department:Augusta Animal Services Presenter:Crystal Eskola Caption:Motion to approve the grant award in the amount of $3,756 for the supplies that will be used in the prison program - From the Dog House to the Big House Dog Training Program. Background:The Medical Prison and Augusta Animal Services are partnered together to implement a new program that we are calling "From the Dog House to the Big House Animal Training Program." A grant from PetSmart Charities has been awarded in support of the prison inmate training program and will be used to buy supplies for the program. Inmates will apply and be interviewed before being selected to participate in the program. The program will increase the prosocial behavior of the inmates thru their interaction with the dogs. Inmates must not have any infractions for a period of time preceding their participation and must not have any infractions during their participation. Participating in the program is a reward for good behavior. In addition, research shows that inmates that participate in programs like this have decreased recidivism rates. The dogs will adjust to human interaction while simultaneously becoming trained in basics such as walking on a leash, being "potty" and crate trained, and being able to respond to basic commands and "tricks". This training will increase the "adoptability" of the dog. Analysis:The funds will be used to buy supplies (crates, heartworm/flea preventative, food, toys, etc.)for the dogs. Financial Impact:The grant award in the amount of $3,756 for dog supplies. This grant requires no matching funds. Alternatives:To approve the grant award in the amount of $3,756 for supplies from PetSmart. To not approve the grant award in the amount of $3,756 for supplies from PetSmart Cover Memo Item # 3 Recommendation:To approve the grant award in the amount of $3,756 for dog supplies from PetSmart. Funds are Available in the Following Accounts: This is a grant award which requires no matching funds. REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY: Finance. Law. Administrator. Clerk of Commission Cover Memo Item # 3 Attachment number 1 \nPage 1 of 6 Item # 3 Attachment number 1 \nPage 2 of 6 Item # 3 Attachment number 1 \nPage 3 of 6 Item # 3 Attachment number 1 \nPage 4 of 6 Item # 3 Attachment number 1 \nPage 5 of 6 Item # 3 Attachment number 1 \nPage 6 of 6 Item # 3 AUGUSTA, GEORGIA New Grant Proposal/Application Before t Dtpartmenuagency mry rpply for lhe grsnusnrrd on behslfofAugusts Richmond county, thcy muit rirst obt.ir approv.lsignature from ihe Admitristrstor and lhe Finance Director. Thc Admldstrraor wlll obtain informriion on the gralt program endrequirements from ahe funding ageocy snd revield thcse for feaaibiliay to dctermire iflhis grant/ererd will b;nefit August8RichDond countl'. The FirsDce Dircctor trill revielv lhe funding requlrement to detcrmiac ifthe grant will lia tdlthin our budgetstruclure rtrd finenciil gosls. Proposel Project No. Projecr Tltle 170 ANIMAL Out of rhe Dog llre Dogs with behavior issues thal have not bc€n adopted will be sent to pdson. The dog will be assigned lo a inmate team of2. Tlris progmm will increase theprosocial behavior ofthe inmalcs while simultancousiy hiving thc dogs adjusr lo human inl€raction, b€come trained in basic commanis, pony-trained. walk on leash, crat€ traincd, elc. Thc dog will then be put up foi adoption and marketed as compleling the program. C-ash Match: No EEO required (YN): No EEO Depanment Notified: No Strrt Drte: Oll0ll21lg Submir Drre: O8/Ot/2018 Totrl Budgered Amounl: 3,756.00 Sponsor: cM0032 SpoNor Type! pVT Purpose:23 T]"e lD I cMIooT End Dsrr: l2t31/20i9 Depenment: 038 Tolsl Funding ASency: Pct Sman Charities Private Enrity Animal Scrvice T}?e FA -u-C. ESKOLA Approvals Dsae 08/01/2018 1.) I have rcviewcd the Granl application and enclosed materials and: grtnd the gnntla*ard to be feasiblc to th€ nceds of Augusta Richmond County o Deny thc rcquest Finance Direclor Date o^Dcny lhc requesl Prgc Contacts RECEIVED ADMINISTMTOR'S OFFICE AUo 0,2 20fi AUGUSTA.RICHMOND COUNTY Animal Serviccs Corh Mrtch? N 3,756.00 Totrt Crsh Mrach: 0.00 Flow Thru lD: (706)82 r-1366 Dept. Signature: Gr{nt Coordinator .q.e-/k 2.1 ,)i6ve revicvcd lhc Granl applicalion and cnclosed malerials and: /, Apptovc the Depanmcnt Agcncy to mo\e forward wilh Ihc applicarion Curreot Drt€:08/01,20t 8 l7:34r:18 Rcporr;OMI00o,PROPOSAL - cMt0O0: Crants Management: I Attachment number 2 \nPage 1 of 6 Item # 3 PerSmarr Chariries I A Lifelong, Loving Home for Every per I About cflx'i,r"r. Review your Apptication Please revrew your prcpo5al tnlormatlon .ll you ar€ not ,eady to sUbmtl your proposalal lhls ltnte ctick ltt€ ,.Save Only..br ton'I he pr oposat w,ll then be avarabre to edrt fr;", ,r,"w"ti".lp"g" ii"i"i',lf!rorn, oglon w,1rnmedrately send tieapptrcatron to petSman Charles and you wirt tren oe t,naore lJ,pe.fi,. irrni.l "'o,,,rs Page I of3 Onicial Name 'Legal Name AXA Name 'Address " Ciiy State qrqanlzn!9!ln&I!!!]!!oj City ol Auqusta C(y ol Augusta (Anamal Shefier) 530 Greene Slreel Augusla Georgia 'Ztp 30901 Coonty Rrchn,ond ' Country lrntt€d Slates ' Websitc Address animalservEes auguslaga gov Contact Intomation Contart Type CEO / Executive t rreclo, ' First Name . Last Name 'Telephohe ' E'rnaitAddress Contaci Type ' First Name ' Last Name ^ lelephone ' E-rDaitAddress Crystal Eskola 706 790_6836 c€skota@augL15laga 9ov Contact lnformalion Prolecl/Progra[i Conlacl Sorna Bennet 706.790-6836 sbenDell@auguslaga gov Reauesl lnrormation ' proiect Tith f rom The Dog House to llre B,g House _ Anrnlall.arnrng progranl ' taentltv tne Pr'frjfl.".'?i:T:fi::l t'iur"crparrlv rcd}, counrv Tr.bar Frrsr Nar,ons rvlerrs or rnud enrrry) https://wtr,v.cybergranls.com./pls/cvbercrants/ao reo. formcheck 't l2t /1A1e Attachment number 2 \nPage 2 of 6 Item # 3 PetSmart Charities I A Lil'elong, Loving Home for Every pet I Abour Page 2 of 3 ' Requesled Granl Amonnt ' What type of program are you requesling 6upport? ' Please describe tlte prog.am for which you are seeking support, inclrding program design and the community need(s) that is being met. ' ls lhis a new or erisliDg program? ' How long has this program been in placez ' How ntany dllifi,a,s particip6le in the progt6m annually? ' How firany volunteers paniclpate in lhe program annually? How many inmata/dog team6 are served annually? ' What ate the erpected outcomes tor this p,ogram and how wil you meas0le succegs? ' Do you work wilh any certitication bodies? 'Budgel $3 756 00 Prison iomale dog lrarnrng programs Jhe goals ol lhe program are 'lo increase lhe prosocrat behavaor o he nnlales thru lherr Inleracllon wih lhe dogs ' have dogs adlust to human inleraclron whlle sin,ultaneously becomtng lrained rnbaslcs as walking on a leash, being 'polly trarned , crale kar;ed and biroo able to,espond lo hESic comorands and'lr;cks' Allwhrch wiltrncrease therr ,adoDiabrtrtv rnIeceNrng a permanenl horne after berng released ,rom p son tor,good behavroi.Socral media wr be used to ,o[ow lhe dog and nmale le6m Nea;the compleion otthe program the dog willbe promoled as avaitabte ,or adoplron and a qraOJaG ot tteprogram Hopefulty, having a famrly wSnling to adopl the dog immediaiety lnmal€s wtll apply to panrcipa'e and be intervtewed rn order lo estabtrsh anapproprial€ malch lnmales musl not have any tnfractons, lor s pelod ot tinre (wrllbe spec led al a later date) End during lherr panrctpalrcn period panicrpatrno rn theprogram rs a reward lor good behavior ln additron research shou,,s thai rnm;les thalparlicrpale in programs hke lhis have decreased ,ecidrvisfi raies And our dogs that have not been adopl€d due to ther behavto wrll ltnd ap€rrnanenl home Their slay in prEon wlll also open !p space lor dogs lo be movedover and placed up ior adoption New Program (f Rco " )1 0 26 Dogs ttr8liave not been adopled due lo behavior wlll be candrdates for lhrsprograrn. Successful complelion and adoplion will be lhe measurerr€nl ol successAdditional dogs willalso be abte to be ptaced up for adoption sincu fr,e pin-i"ipari,,gdogs will reside in,ait Inmale behavior will rmp.ove and lhis w l be a posilive lfe changrng prog.anr ,orlhem Georgra Department ol Correcttons. Augtrsta State Medr(atprrson 3O0t Go.donHgnway c.ovelolw Ga wtllbe our prison pariner 24 l.Slatfing $0 00 2.Dire.t Animal Care S1.944 0O 3.Supplies S1.812 0O 4.Marketing $0 00 S.Other $0 00 lorat $3 756 00 . Bldgel Oetaits 1 Sla,ing n/a 2 Direct AnmatCare Dry Food $j28 Flea/Trck lvledrctne 8 t6 Spay/N€uter S1000 3 SuppI€s hft6c.//r,^!^- a,h'tomnrc ann/alc/avh.ra6rtr./.^,-d f,$.rr^h.r.L 1t?l t1fll9 Attachment number 2 \nPage 3 of 6 Item # 3 PetSman Charities I A Lifelong, Loving Home for Every pel f Abour Page -j of 3 ' Budget Upload ' Explairr llre plarrs lor your program's futrrr€ s(rslainability. ' Disclaimer Submii Save Only Need Support? https ://www. cy brgrants.c om/pl s/cybergrants/ao-req. formcheck :_ rvslal Eskola on07t31DA18 wrth the sr,(cess cf tlre prrograrrr we wilr be abre to provrde ille nec€ssary sl;pprresarrd arrunal care needed irom our city i:Lrdgel/donaled firnos 'l.his rv,;uld be ,t,u,.,,tnew prograrn for both Augusta Anrrnal servrces and lhe f)nsr,rr Neither entrty hasfunds budgeted to set up lhe prograrrr and gel il slarteci ths 6p;)16y21 of thrs grantwrll allow us to rmplemenl thrs proeram I will be able to budg€l for ltris p,og,.rn i,my FFY 2020 budgel Srgnalure Crates 640 Food Conlainer $82 Bowls $70 Durable Beds $183 Poop Scoops 922 Pee Pads $84 i.eashes $40 Harnesses (valous siz€s) 91 70 Dog Houses (2) $434 Play Pools $22 Shampoo/Cond $48 4 Markehng n/a 5 Olher. n/a Most ol lhe supplies (dog houses, crates bo\ryls etc ) wilr slay ancl remarn lor lhrprogram which we expect wtll be a long slandrng parlnership 7t3l/20t8 Attachment number 2 \nPage 4 of 6 Item # 3 From the Dog House to the Big House Animal Training program Revenue: Adoption fee Supplies: Crates Food Container S50 x 24 51200 portion of fee waived and Will be paid for as pari of AAS Annual Budget (regular fee is g75 for female dogs and gGS for mare dogs) this money goes into the city of Augusta Generar Fund. tt is not returned to AAS_ 24 dog lives and 26 people's souls saved for the first period and then we plan ro expand; more dogs and additaonal teams. Expenditures: Direct Animal Care: Dry Food S12t Flea/Tick Medicine S816 Spay/Neuter S10OO Rabies S10.0O x 24 S24O Will be paid for as part of AAS Annual Budget Distemper/Parvo 58.00 x 24 Slgz wi be paid for as parr of AAs Annual Budget De-wormin8 $7.45 x 24 535.U Will be paid for as pan of AAS Annual Budget Microchip 58.49 x 24 5203.76 will be paid for as part of AAS Annual BudSet Bordetella 53.00 x 24 572 Will be paid for as pan of AAS Annual Budget Heartworm Test S8.m x 24 5192 Will be paid for as part of AAS Annual Budget Parvo Test 913.13 x 24 5315,12 Will be paid for as part of AAS Annual Budget Canned Dog Food 51.89 x720 51360.80 will be paid for as part of AASAnnual Budget F Adoption Fee Waived S25 x 12 S3OO Will be paid for as part of AAS Annual Budget M Adoption Fee waived s15 x 12 s18o wifi be paid for as part of AAs Annuar Eudget Grant S1944 AAS 53090.72 S640 S82 Attachment number 2 \nPage 5 of 6 Item # 3 Bowls Durable Beds Supplies Continued: Poop Scoops $ZZ Pee Pads $et s70 Srsr Harnesses (various sizes) $ffO Dog Houses (2) SOfO Play Pools $ZZ Shampoo/Conditioner $Oe waste BaSs 5lz will be paid for as part of MS Annuat Budget Durable Toys SSoo will be paid for as part of MS Annual Budget Grant S1812 Ms $ztz Total Expenditure Coyered byGrant $SZSO Total Expenditure paid by MS SZqOt.lZ Attachment number 2 \nPage 6 of 6 Item # 3 Public Safety Committee Meeting 11/27/2018 1:10 PM Accept an award from Georgia Emergency Management Agency (GEMA) in the amount of $6,000 to enhance the Richmond County Sheriff’s Office Bomb Canine Unit Department:Public Safety Presenter:Colonel Robert Partain Caption:Accept an award in the amount of $6,000.00 from the Department of Homeland Security for the Richmond County Sheriff's Office Bomb K-9 Unit. The monies will assist RCSO in sustaining the Bomb-K-9. Background:The Department of Homeland Security through the Georgia Emergency Management Agency (GEMA) has awarded $6,000.00 to the Richmond County Sheriff's Office Bomb K-9 Unit to assist in sustaining the unit. The RCSO K-9 Unit will use the monies to purchase supplies, food, and medical expenses for the Bomb K-9 dogs. Analysis:None Financial Impact:This is a 100% reimbursable grant. Upon completion of purchases, RCSO will submit reimbursement request to GEMA. Alternatives:None Recommendation:Accept the award of $6,000.00 from the Department of Homeland Security to assist in sustaining the RCSO Bomb K-9 program. Funds are Available in the Following Accounts: NA -100% Reimbursable from grant. Fund: 220 REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY: Cover Memo Item # 4 Finance. Law. Administrator. Clerk of Commission Cover Memo Item # 4 Attachment number 1 \nPage 1 of 1 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 1 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 2 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 3 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 4 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 5 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 6 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 7 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 8 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 9 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 10 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 11 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 12 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 13 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 14 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 15 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 16 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 17 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 18 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 19 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 20 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 21 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 22 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 23 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 24 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 25 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 26 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 27 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 28 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 29 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 30 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 31 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 32 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 33 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 34 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 35 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 36 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 37 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 38 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 39 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 40 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 41 of 42 Item # 4 Attachment number 2 \nPage 42 of 42 Item # 4 Public Safety Committee Meeting 11/27/2018 1:10 PM Accept an award from the Georgia Emergency Management Agency in the amount of $28,080.00 to sustain and maintain the Richmond County Sheriff's Office Region #5 CBRNE Response Team Department:Richmond County Sheriff's Office Presenter:Colonel Robert Partain Caption:The Richmond County Sheriff's Office is requesting to accept an award from the Georgia Emergency Management Agency in the amount of $28,080.00. RCSO will use this funding to sustain and maintain the GEMA Region #5 CBRNE Response Team. Background:In 2015 the Richmond County Sheriff's Office SWAT team was designated by GEMA the Region #5 CBRNE Response Team. This team covers 22 counties in eastern Georgia. The teams purpose is to respond to a cortical incident involving a chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, or explosive incident. RCSO will use the requested funding to purchase the specialized equipment to respond to these incidents and training. Analysis:None Financial Impact:This grant is 100% reimbursable through the Georgia Emergency Management Agency. Alternatives:None Recommendation:Approve accepting the award of $28,080.00 from the Georgia Emergency Management Agency to sustain and maintain the Richmond County Sheriffs Office Region #5 CBRNE Response Team. Funds are Available in the Following Accounts: Funding is account #220 Cover Memo Item # 5 REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY: Finance. Law. Administrator. Clerk of Commission Cover Memo Item # 5 Attachment number 1 \nPage 1 of 1 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 1 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 2 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 3 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 4 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 5 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 6 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 7 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 8 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 9 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 10 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 11 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 12 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 13 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 14 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 15 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 16 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 17 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 18 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 19 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 20 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 21 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 22 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 23 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 24 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 25 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 26 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 27 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 28 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 29 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 30 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 31 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 32 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 33 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 34 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 35 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 36 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 37 of 38 Item # 5 Attachment number 2 \nPage 38 of 38 Item # 5 Public Safety Committee Meeting 11/27/2018 1:10 PM Accept and Allocate funding ($133,900.00) for RCSO to implement DHS State Homeland Security Grant Program Department:Richmond County Sheriff’s Office (RCSO) Presenter:Colonel Robert Partain Caption:Motion to approve the allocation of funding for the Richmond County Sheriff's Office (RCSO) in the amount of $133,900.00 to implement the Department of Homeland (DHS) State Homeland Security Grant Program. Background:In October of 2018 the RCSO was awarded a grant through DHS in the amount of $133,900.00 to enhance the EOD (Bomb disposal) Unit. The grant is administered by the Georgia Emergency Management Agency (GEMA). RCSO will use this funding to purchase specialized equipment used by the bomb technicians to respond to bomb emergencies. Analysis:RCSO will purchase the specialized equipment for the EOD Unit. Financial Impact:This is a 100% reimbursable grant, when expenditures are made, RCSO will submit request for reimbursements to GEMA for payment. Alternatives:None Recommendation:Allocate funding in the amount of $133,900.00 to allow RCSO to implement the DHS Homeland Security Grant Program. Funds are Available in the Following Accounts: NA -100% Reimbursable from grant Fund: 220 Cover Memo Item # 6 REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY: Finance. Law. Administrator. Clerk of Commission Cover Memo Item # 6 Attachment number 1 \nPage 1 of 1 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 1 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 2 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 3 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 4 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 5 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 6 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 7 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 8 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 9 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 10 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 11 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 12 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 13 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 14 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 15 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 16 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 17 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 18 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 19 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 20 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 21 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 22 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 23 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 24 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 25 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 26 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 27 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 28 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 29 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 30 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 31 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 32 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 33 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 34 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 35 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 36 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 37 of 38 Item # 6 Attachment number 2 \nPage 38 of 38 Item # 6 Public Safety Committee Meeting 11/27/2018 1:10 PM Approve contract with Motorola Solutions, Inc., to implement an Interview Room Recording and Digital Evidence Management System for the Richmond County Sheriff’s Office. Department:Information Technology Presenter:Reggie Horne, Deputy Director Caption:Approve contract with Motorola Solutions, Inc., to implement an Interview Room Recording and Digital Evidence Management System for the Richmond County Sheriff’s Office. RFP #18- 231. Background:The Criminal Investigation Division (CID) of the Richmond County Sheriff's Office is responsible for investigating major cases such as homicide, rapes, robberies, burglaries, and other significant crimes in Augusta-Richmond County. Duties of the 85 investigators in this division include the apprehension of offenders, recovery of stolen property, preparation of cases for court prosecutions, and the presentation of evidence in high- level court cases. In performing these duties, the CID conducts more than two hundred interviews each month with victims, witnesses and suspects. These interviews must be recorded and carefully archived, as they become an important part of the evidence for each case. Unfortunately, the current interview recording and storage system is outdated and offers inadequate storage capacity for the Sheriff’s Office’s needs. In addition to requiring significant manual processing of materials, the current system does not allow the RCSO to easily share digital evidence with its partners in the judicial system while maintaining proper chain of custody. These issues led to the formulation of a Request for Proposals (RFP) for a new solution. After this competitive bid process, Motorola was selected as the best responsive and responsible bidder for RFP # 18-231. Analysis:The goal of this project is to provide the Sheriff’s Office with a cloud-based, long-term digital evidence management system. The system will allow for interview recordings and digital evidence to be more efficiently captured, stored, managed, and shared both within the Sheriff’s Office and with the judicial system. The Sheriff’s Office currently uses cameras and Cover Memo Item # 7 microphones in six interview rooms and three holding cells at the RCSO Main Building (400 Walton Way). In addition to replacing this existing equipment, this project includes the installation of equipment in three new interview rooms: two at the RCSO Special Operations Facility (3431 Mike Padgett Highway) and one at the Charles B. Webster Detention Center (1941 Phinizy Road). The new camera system will also offer enhanced video capabilities over the current system, improving the quality and usefulness of new recordings. Financial Impact:The estimated initial cost for this project is $99,500.00, which has been budgeted in IT capital funds. Estimated annual maintenance for this system will be $39,975.00, funded through the Sheriff’s Office operating budget. Alternatives:Continue using the current recording equipment and on-premise storage system. Recommendation:Approve contract with Motorola Solutions, Inc., to implement an Interview Room Recording and Digital Evidence Management System for the Richmond County Sheriff’s Office. Funds are Available in the Following Accounts: This project is to be funded through the Information Technology Capital Budget. Funds are available in GL 272-01-5410/54- 24220. REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY: Procurement. Information Technology. Finance. Law. Administrator. Clerk of Commission Cover Memo Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 1 SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES AGREEMENT Motorola Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Motorola”), having a place of business as 500 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661, and Augusta, Georgia, a political subdivision of the State of Georgia (“Customer”), with its place of business at 535 Telfair Street, Augusta, Georgia 30901, enter into this Subscription Services Agreement (“Agreement”) pursuant to which Customer will purchase and Motorola will sell a subscription to access the subscription services described below. Motorola and Customer may be referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.” For good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows: 1. ATTACHMENTS 1.1 EXHIBITS. The exhibits listed below are exhibits related to the provision of subscription services. These exhibits are incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement in reference to RFP 18-231. Exhibit I “Addendum- Digital Evidence Management Solution” Exhibit II “Addendum- Equipment Sale Addendum” Exhibit III Motorola’s Proposal to RFP 18-231 dated July 17, 2018, and updated pricing dated October 4, 2018 1.2 To the extent there is a conflict among the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the applicable Exhibits, the Agreement takes precedence. The Exhibits take precedence with respect to the technical and scope of work details. To the extent that there is a conflict among the Exhibits, Exhibit III, Motorola’s Proposal to RFP 18-231 shall take precedence. 2. DEFINITIONS Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth below. Any reference to the purchase or sale of software or other Intellectual Property shall mean the sale or purchase of a license or sublicense to use such software or Intellectual Property in accordance with this Agreement. “Administrator” means Customer's designated system administrator who receives administrative logins for the Subscription Services and issues access rights to Customer's Users. “Anonymized” means having been stripped of any personal or correlating information revealing original source or uniquely identifying a person or entity. “Confidential Information” means any information that is disclosed in written, graphic, verbal, or machine- recognizable form, and is marked, designated, or identified at the time of disclosure as being confidential or its equivalent; or if the information is in verbal form, it is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure and is confirmed in writing within thirty (30) days of the disclosure. Confidential Information does not include any information that: is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the receiving Party; is already known to the receiving Party without restriction when it is disclosed; is or becomes, rightfully and without breach of this Agreement, in the receiving Party’s possession without any obligation restricting disclosure; is independently developed by the receiving Party without breach of this Agreement; or is explicitly approved for release by written authorization of the disclosing Party. “Customer Data” means Native Data provided by Customer to Motorola hereunder to be processed and used in connection with the Subscription Services. Customer Data does not include data provided by third parties and passed on to Motorola. “Days” mean calendar days. “Deliverables” means all written information (such as reports, analytics, Solution Data, specifications, Attachment number 1 \nPage 1 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 2 designs, plans, drawings, or other technical or business information) that Motorola prepares for Customer in the performance of the Services and is obligated to provide to Customer pursuant to the applicable Statement of Work. The Deliverables, if any, are more fully described in the Statement of Work. “Documentation” means the technical materials provided by Motorola to Customer in hard copy or electronic form describing the use and operation of the Solution and Software, including any technical manuals, but excluding any sales, advertising or marketing materials or proposals. “Effective Date” means the date of the last signature on this Agreement, unless access to the Subscription Service occurs later, in which case, the Effective Date will be the date when Customer first has access to the Subscription Services. “Feedback” means comments or information, in oral or written form, given to Motorola by Customer, in connection with or relating to the Solution and Subscription Services. “Force Majeure” which means an event, circumstance, or act that is beyond a Party’s reasonable control, such as an act of God, an act of the public enemy, an act of a government entity, strikes, other labor disturbances, supplier performance, hurricanes, earthquakes, fires, floods, epidemics, embargoes, war, riots, or any other similar cause. “Licensed Product” means 1) Software, whether hosted or installed at Customer's site, 2) Documentation; 3) associated user interfaces; 4) help resources; and 5) any related technology or other services made available by the Solution. “Native Data” means data that is created solely by Customer or its agents. “Proprietary Rights” means the patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks, trade names, mask works, know-how, ideas and concepts, moral rights, processes, methodologies, tools, techniques, and other intellectual property rights. “Software” means the Motorola owned or licensed off the shelf software programs delivered as part of the Licensed Products used to provide the Subscription Services, including all bug fixes, updates and upgrades. “Solution” means collectively, the Software, servers and any other hardware or equipment operated by Motorola and used in conjunction with the Subscription Services. “Solution Data” means Customer Data that is transformed, altered, processed, aggregated, correlated or operated on by Motorola, its vendors or other data sources and data that has been manipulated or retrieved using Motorola know-how to produce value-added content that is made available to Customer with the Solution and Subscription Services. “Statement of Work” If included, the Statement of Work (“SOW”) describes the Subscription Services, Deliverables (if any), Licensed Products and Solution that Motorola will provide to Customer under this Agreement, and the other work-related responsibilities that the parties owe to each other. The Statement of Work may contain a performance schedule. “Subscription Services” means those subscription services to be provided by Motorola to Customer under this Agreement, the nature and scope of which are more fully described in the Documentation, proposal, SOW, or other Solution materials provided by Motorola, as applicable. “Users” means Customer's authorized employees or other individuals authorized to utilize the Subscription Services on behalf of Customer and who will be provided access to the Subscription Services by virtue of a password or equivalent security mechanism implemented by Customer. Attachment number 1 \nPage 2 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 3 3. SCOPE 3.1 Subscription Services. Motorola will provide to Customer the Subscription Services and Deliverables (if any). As part of the Subscription Services, Motorola will allow Customer to use the Solution described in the Statement of Work, Documentation, Motorola’s Quote dated October 3, 2018, or other Solution materials provided by Motorola (“Exhibit(s)”), as applicable. Some Subscription Services will also be subject to additional terms unique to that specific Subscription Service. Such additional terms will be set forth in an Addendum. In the event of a conflict between an Addendum and the body of the Agreement, the Addendum will govern resolution of the conflict. However, the order of precedence described above in Section 1.2 shall remained unchanged. Motorola and Customer will perform their respective responsibilities as described in this Agreement and any applicable Exhibits. 3.2 Changes. Customer may request changes to the Services. If Motorola agrees to a requested change, the change must be confirmed in writing and signed by authorized representatives of both Parties. A reasonable price adjustment will be made if any change affects the time of performance or the cost to perform the Services. Neither Party is obligated to perform requested changes unless both Parties execute a written change order. 3.3 Non-solicitation. During the Term of this Agreement and for twelve (12) months thereafter, Customer will not actively solicit the employment of any Motorola personnel who is involved directly with providing any of the Services under this Agreement. If this provision is found to be overly broad under applicable law, it will be modified as necessary to conform to applicable law. 4. TERM 4.1 Term. Unless a different Term is set forth in an applicable Addendum or the Exhibits, the Term of this Agreement begins on the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of five (5), one (1) year terms, not to exceed a total five (5) years. This Agreement shall automatically renew annually on the anniversary of the expiration of each one (1) year term, unless either Party: (a) notifies the other of its intention to not renew the Agreement (in whole or part) at least thirty (30) days before the expiration of the Term; (b) requests an alternate term; or (3) terminates in accordance with the termination section of this Agreement, including non-payment of fees for the renewal period by the anniversary date. 4.2 Renewals. The terms and conditions of this Agreement will govern any renewal periods. 5. CUSTOMER OBLIGATIONS. Customer will fulfill all of its obligations in this Agreement, including applicable addendums and all Exhibits in a timely and accurate manner. Failure to do so may prevent Motorola from performing its responsibilities. 5.1 Access. To enable Motorola to perform the Subscription Services, Customer will provide to Motorola reasonable access to relevant Customer information, personnel, systems, and office space when Motorola’s employees are working on Customer’s premises, and other general assistance. Further, if any equipment is installed or stored at Customer’s location in order to provide the Subscription Services, Customer will provide, at no charge, a non-hazardous environment with adequate shelter, heat, light, power, security, and full and free access to the equipment. 5.2 Customer Information. If the Documentation, Statement of Work, proposal, or other related documents contain assumptions that affect the Subscription Services or Deliverables, Customer will verify that they are accurate and complete. Any information that Customer provides to Motorola concerning the Subscription Services or Deliverables will be accurate and complete in all material respects. Customer will make timely decisions and obtain any required management and third party approvals or consents that are reasonably necessary for Motorola to perform the Subscription Services and its other duties under this Agreement. Unless the Statement of Work states the contrary, Motorola may rely upon and is not required to evaluate, confirm, reject, modify, or provide advice concerning any assumptions and Customer-provided information, decisions and approvals described in this paragraph. Attachment number 1 \nPage 3 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 4 5.3 Risk of Loss. If any portion of the Solution resides on Customer premises or is under Customer’s control in any way, Customer shall at all times exercise reasonable care in using and maintaining the Solution in accordance with Motorola’s instructions for proper use and care. Risk of loss to any equipment in Customer’s possession will reside with Customer until removed by Motorola or its agent or returned by Customer, to the extent that loss is not due to equipment deficiency(ies). Customer will be responsible for replacement costs of lost or damaged equipment, to the extent that the equipment is not deficient and normal wear and tear excluded. 5.4 Equipment Title. Unless Customer is purchasing equipment pursuant to the terms in the Addendum entitled “Equipment Purchase” and unless stated differently in this Agreement or in the Incorporated Documents, title to any equipment provided to Customer in connection with the Subscription Services remains vested in Motorola at all times. Any sale of equipment pursuant to this Agreement will be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Equipment Purchase Addendum. 5.5 Enable Users. Customer will properly enable its Users to use the Subscription Services, including providing instructions for use, labeling, required notices, and accommodation pursuant to applicable laws, rules, and regulations. Unless otherwise agreed in the Incorporated Documents, Customer will train its Users on proper operation of the Solution and Licensed Products. Customer agrees to require Users to acknowledge and accept the limitations and conditions of use of the Licensed Products in this Agreement prior to allowing Users to access or use Subscription Services. 6. Subscription Fees. 6.1 Recurring Fees. Unless stated differently in an applicable addendum, Incorporated Documents or otherwise arranged in writing with Motorola, Services will be provided in exchange for annual pre-paid Subscription Fees. Motorola will submit an invoice for the first year of subscription fees on the Effective Date. On each anniversary of the Effective Date, Motorola will issue an invoice for the annual subscription fees for the following year. 6.2 Start Up Fees. Start up fees apply to certain Subscription Services. If the Subscription Service includes start up fees, Motorola will submit an invoice for the start up fees on the Effective Date. 6.3 Fee Change. Motorola reserves the right to change the subscription fees at the end of each Subscription Services Term. Except for any payment that is due on the Effective Date, Customer will make payments to Motorola within thirty (30) days after the date of each invoice. Motorola reserves the right to terminate Service for non-payment of fees. 6.4 No Price Guarantee. Notwithstanding any language to the contrary, the pricing and fees associated with this Agreement will not be subject to any most favored pricing commitment or other similar low price guarantees. 6.5 Taxes. The Subscription Fees and start up fees do not include any excise, sales, lease, use, property, or other taxes, assessments or duties, all of which will be paid by Customer, except as exempt by law. If Motorola is required to pay any of those taxes, it will send an invoice to Customer and Customer will pay to Motorola the amount of the taxes (including any interest and penalties) within thirty (30) days after the date of the invoice. Motorola will be solely responsible for reporting taxes on its income or net worth. 7. ACCEPTANCE; SCHEDULE; FORCE MAJEURE 7.1 Acceptance. The Licensed Products will be deemed accepted upon thirty (30) days post “Go- Live” provided all system requirements and products have been successfully tested, or arrangements have been made to complete them at a later date. The demonstration of the delivered solution meeting all System Requirements is the Vendor’s right and responsibility. In the event that arrangements have been made to complete some of the System Requirements at a later date, this must be with the written approval of the Customer’s Director of Information Technology and the Chief Official of the Customer’s Attachment number 1 \nPage 4 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 5 department or office, whose operations would be impacted by the inability of the Vendor to fully implement their system. 7.2 Schedule. All Subscription Services will be performed in accordance with the performance schedule included in the Statement of Work, or if there is no performance schedule, within a commercially reasonable time period. 7.3 Force Majeure. Neither Party will be liable for its non-performance or delayed performance if caused by a Force Majeure. Each Party will notify the other in writing if it becomes aware of any Force Majeure that will significantly delay performance. The notifying Party will give the notice promptly (but in no event later than fifteen (15) days) after it discovers the Force Majeure. In any such event, the price and schedule from this Agreement shall be equitably adjusted. 7.4 Temporary Suspension or Delay. To the extent that it does not alter the scope of this Agreement, Customer may unilaterally order a temporary stopping of work, or delaying of work to be performed by Motorola under this Agreement. 8. LIMITED LICENSE 8.1 Licensed Products. Use of the Licensed Products by Customer and its Users is strictly limited to use in connection with the Solution or Subscription Services during the Term. Customer and Users will refrain from, and will require others to refrain from, doing any of the following with regard to the Software in the Solution: (i) directly or indirectly, by electronic or other means, copy, modify, or translate the Software; (ii) directly or indirectly, by electronic or other means, reproduce, reverse engineer, distribute, sell, publish, commercially exploit, rent, lease, sublicense, assign or otherwise transfer or make available the Licensed Products or any part thereof to any third party, or otherwise disseminate the Licensed Product in any manner; (iii) directly or indirectly, by electronic or other means, modify, decompile, or disassemble the Software or part thereof, or attempt to derive source code from the Software; or (iv) remove any proprietary notices, labels, or marks on the Software or any part of the Licensed Products. Motorola Solutions reserves all rights to the Software and other Licensed Products not expressly granted herein, including without limitation, all right, title and interest in any improvements or derivatives conceived of or made by Motorola that are based, either in whole or in part, on knowledge gained from Customer Data. Customer agrees to abide by the copyright laws of the United States and all other relevant jurisdictions, including without limitation, the copyright laws where Customer uses the Solution. Customer agrees to immediately cease using the Solution if it fails to comply with this paragraph or any other part of this Agreement. If Software is subject to a click wrap, end user license agreement or is otherwise packaged with or subject to a separate end user license, such license will apply to the use of Software and Licensed Product. 8.2 Proprietary Rights. Regardless of any contrary provision in the Agreement, Motorola or its third party providers own and retain all of their respective Proprietary Rights in the Software, Solution, and Licensed Product. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to restrict their Proprietary Rights. All intellectual property developed, originated, or prepared by Motorola in connection with providing Services to Customer remain vested exclusively in Motorola, and this Agreement does not grant to Customer any shared development rights of intellectual property. No custom development work is to be performed under this Agreement. 9. DATA AND FEEDBACK 9.1 Solution Data. To the extent permitted by law, Motorola, its vendors and licensors are the exclusive owners of all right, title, and interest, in and to the Solution Data, including all intellectual property rights therein. Motorola grants Customer a personal, royalty-free, non-exclusive license to: (i) access, view, use, copy, and store the Solution Data for its internal business purposes and, (ii) when specifically permitted by the applicable Statement of Work, publish Solution Data on its websites for viewing by the public. Attachment number 1 \nPage 5 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 6 9.2 Customer Data. To the extent permitted by law, Customer retains ownership of Customer Data. Customer grants Motorola and its subcontractors a personal, royalty-free, non-exclusive license to use, host, cache, store, reproduce, copy, modify combine, analyze, create derivatives from, communicate, transmit, publish, display, and distribute such Customer Data for the purpose of providing the Subscription Services to Customer, other Motorola Customers and end users, including without limitation, the right to use Customer Data for the purpose of developing new or enhanced solutions. In addition to the rights listed above, Customer grants Motorola a license to sell an Anonymized version of Customer Data for any purpose. 9.3 Feedback. Any Feedback given by Customer is entirely voluntary and, even if designated as confidential, will create no confidentiality obligation for Motorola. Motorola is free to use, reproduce, license or otherwise distribute and exploit the Feedback without any obligation to Customer. Customer acknowledges that Motorola’s receipt of the Feedback does not imply or create recognition by Motorola of either the novelty or originality of any idea. The parties further agree that all fixes, modifications and improvement to the Licensed Product or Subscription Service conceived of or made by Motorola that are based, either in whole or in part, on the Feedback are the exclusive property of Motorola and all right, title and interest in and to such fixes, modifications or improvements to the Licensed Product or Subscription Service will vest solely in Motorola. 10 WARRANTY 10.1 “AS IS”. THE SOLUTION AND SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES ARE PROVIDED “AS IS”. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Customer acknowledges that the Deliverables may contain recommendations, suggestions or advice from Motorola to Customer (collectively, “Recommendations”). Motorola makes no warranties concerning those Recommendations, and Customer alone accepts responsibility for choosing whether and how to implement the Recommendations and the results to be realized from implementing them. 10.2 Availability and Accuracy. Customer acknowledges that functionality of the Solution as well as availability and accuracy of Solution Data is dependent on many elements beyond Motorola’s control, including databases managed by Customer or third parties and Customer’s existing equipment, software, and Customer Data. Therefore, Motorola does not guarantee availability or accuracy of data, or any minimum level of coverage or connectivity. Interruption or interference with the Subscription Services or Solution may periodically occur. Customer agrees not to represent to any third party that Motorola has provided such guarantee. However, Motorola will use commercially reasonably efforts to ensure the availability or accuracy of data that is within its control, or any minimum level of coverage. 10.3 Equipment Sale. Warranty for any equipment sold pursuant to this Agreement will be set forth in Equipment Purchase Addendum. 11. DISCLAIMERS 11.1 Existing Equipment and Software. If Customer’s existing equipment and software is critical to operation and use of the Subscription Services, Customer is solely responsible for supporting and maintaining Customer’s existing equipment and software. Connection to or interface with Customer’s existing equipment and software may be required to receive Subscription Services. Any failures or deficiencies of Customer’s existing equipment and software may impact the functionality of the Solution and the Subscription Services to be delivered. Any vulnerabilities or inefficiencies in Customer’s system may also impact the Solution and associated Subscription Services. 11.2 Privacy. Customer bears sole responsibility for compliance with any laws and regulations regarding tracking; location based services; gathering, storing, processing, transmitting, using or misusing; or otherwise handling personally identifiable information (“PII”), including information about Users of the Solution or citizens in the general public. Further, it is Customer’s sole responsibility to comply with any laws or regulations prescribing the measures to be taken in the event of breach of privacy or accidental disclosure of any PII. Enacting and enforcing any internal privacy policies for the Attachment number 1 \nPage 6 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 7 protection of PII, including individual disclosure and consent mechanisms, limitations on use of the information, and commitments with respect to the storage, use, deletion and processing of PII in a manner that complies with applicable laws and regulations will be Customer’s sole responsibility. Motorola will not evaluate the sufficiency of such policies and disclaims any responsibility or liability for privacy practices implemented by Customer, or lack thereof. Customer acknowledges and agrees that Subscription Services and the Solution are not designed to ensure individual privacy. Customer will inform Users that the Solution may enable visibility to PII, as well as physical location of individuals. Further, if the Solution or Subscription Services are available to the general public pursuant to this Agreement, Customer will provide the appropriate privacy notification. Neither Motorola nor Customer can provide any assurance of individual privacy in connection with the Solution. Further, Customer is solely responsible for determining whether and how to use data gathered from social media sources for the purpose of criminal investigations or prosecution. Customer will hold Motorola harmless from any and all liability, expense, judgment, suit, or cause of action, which may accrue against Motorola for causes of action for damages related to tracking, location based services, breach of privacy, and the use or misuse of PII provided that Motorola gives Customer prompt, written notice of any such claim or suit. Motorola shall cooperate with Customer in its defense or settlement of such claim or suit. 11.3 Social Media. If Customer purchases Subscription Services that utilize social media, Customer acknowledges and agrees that such Subscription Services are not designed to ensure individual privacy. In such case, Customer will inform Users that the Solution and Subscription Services may enable visibility to PII, as well as physical location of individuals. Further, if the Solution or Subscription Services are available to the general public pursuant to this Agreement, Customer will provide the appropriate privacy notification. Neither Motorola nor Customer can provide any assurance of individual privacy in connection with the Solution or Subscription Services utilizing social media. Further, Customer is solely responsible for determining whether and how to use data gathered from social media sources for the purpose of criminal investigations or prosecution. Customer will hold Motorola harmless from any and all liability, expense, judgment, suit, or cause of action, which may accrue against Motorola for causes of action for damages related to tracking, location based services, breach of privacy, and the use or misuse of PII provided that Motorola gives Customer prompt, written notice of any such claim or suit. Motorola shall cooperate with Customer in its defense or settlement of such claim or suit. 11.4 Misuse. Motorola reserves the right to discontinue service at any time without notice to Users that misuse the Service, jeopardize the Licensed Product or public safety in any way. 12. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY 12.1 Liability Limit. Except for personal injury, death or damage to tangible property, Motorola's total liability, whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability in tort, indemnification, or otherwise, will be limited to the damages recoverable under law, but not to exceed the price of the Equipment, Software, or implementation Services with respect to which losses or damages are claimed. With respect to all non-implementation Services and unless as otherwise provided under the applicable Addenda, Motorola’s total liability will be limited to the damages recoverable under law not to exceed the total Subscription Fees paid. ALTHOUGH THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES, THEY AGREE THAT MOTOROLA WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY COMMERCIAL LOSS, INCONVENIENCE, LOSS OF USE, LOSS TIME, DATA, GOODWILL, REVENUES, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; OR OTHER SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING FROM THIS AGREEMENT, THE SALE OR USE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE, OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES BY MOTOROLA PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT. This limitation of liability provision survives the expiration or termination of the Agreement and applies notwithstanding any contrary provision. 12.2 Additional Disclaimers. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL LOSS OR COSTS OF ANY KIND ASSOCIATED WITH 1) THE INTERRUPTION, INTERFERENCE OR FAILURE OF CONNECTIVITY, VULNERABILITIES OR SECURITY EVENTS; 2) PERFORMANCE OF CUSTOMER’S EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE OR ACCURACY OF CUSTOMER DATA; 3) IF ANY PORTION OF THE SOLUTION OR LICENSED PRODUCT RESIDES ON CUSTOMER’S Attachment number 1 \nPage 7 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 8 PREMISES, DISRUPTIONS OF AND/OR DAMAGE TO CUSTOMER’S OR A THIRD PARTY’S INFORMATION SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, AND THE INFORMATION AND DATA, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DENIAL OF ACCESS TO A LEGITIMATE SYSTEM USER, AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS CAUSED BY INTRUSION DETECTION SOFTWARE OR HARDWARE, OR FAILURE OF THE INFORMATION SYSTEM RESULTING FROM THE PROVISION OR DELIVERY OF THE SERVICE; 4) AVAILABILITY OR ACCURACY OF SOLUTION DATA; 5) INTERPRETATION, USE OR MISUSE IN ANY WAY OF SOLUTION DATA; 6) IMPLEMENTATION OF RECOMMENDATIONS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH THE SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES; 7) TRACKING, AND LOCATION BASED SERVICES, BREACH OF PRIVACY, AND THE USE OR MISUSE OF PERSONALLY IDENTIFIABLE INFORMATION. 12.3 Essential term. The Parties acknowledge that the prices have been set and this Agreement entered into in reliance upon these limitations of liability and that all such limitations form an essential basis of the bargain between the Parties. 13 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION 13.1 Default By a Party. If either Party fails to observe, perform, or comply with a material obligation, term, covenant, agreement, or condition under this Agreement, the other Party may consider the non- performing Party to be in default (unless a Force Majeure causes the failure) and may assert a default claim by giving the non-performing Party a written and detailed notice of default. Except for a default by Customer for failing to pay any amount when due under this Agreement which must be cured immediately, the defaulting Party will have thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the notice of default to either cure the default or, if the default is not curable within thirty (30) calendar days, provide a written cure plan. The defaulting Party will begin implementing the cure plan immediately after receipt of notice by the other Party that it approves the plan. If Customer is the defaulting Party, Motorola may stop work on the project until it approves the Customer’s cure plan. If Motorola is the defaulting Party, Customer may withhold payment until it approves Motorola’s cure plan. Further, if either Party commits any fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, willful misconduct, or an intentional breach of any provision of this Agreement during the course and scope of this Agreement, said Party shall be in default, and said default shall not be entitled to be cured by the defaulting Party. 13.2 Failure To Cure. If a defaulting Party fails to cure the default as provided above in Section 13.1, unless otherwise agreed in writing, the non-defaulting Party may terminate any unfulfilled portion of this Agreement. In the event of a termination for default, the defaulting Party will promptly return to the non- defaulting Party any of its Confidential Information. If Customer is the non-defaulting Party, terminates this Agreement as permitted by this Section, and procures the Services through a third party, Customer may as its exclusive remedy recover from Motorola reasonable costs incurred to procure the Services (but not additional or out of scope services) less the unpaid portion of the Contract Price. Customer agrees to mitigate damages and provide Motorola with detailed invoices substantiating the charges. In the event Customer elects to terminate this Agreement for any reason other than default, Customer shall pay Motorola for the conforming Equipment and/or Software delivered and all services performed up to and including the date of termination. 13.3 Termination by Motorola. Motorola may terminate this Agreement only upon the substantial breach by Customer of a material provision of this Agreement, including failure to pay. 13.4 Termination for Convenience. Upon advance written notice to Motorola, Customer may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Motorola, elect to terminate this Agreement. In such case, Motorola shall be paid (without duplication of any items): a. For completed and conforming work executed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such work; or b. For expenses incurred prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and Attachment number 1 \nPage 8 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 9 furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by this Agreement in connection with uncompleted work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; or c. For all claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with subcontractors, suppliers, and others, and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. 13.5 Termination by Either Party. In the event of termination of this Agreement by either party, both agree to the following: a. Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement, Customer will return or certify the destruction of all Confidential Information and Solution Data, together with all Exhibits, together with all copies, modifications, and merged portions; or b. Customer shall return the Confidential Information and Solution Data together with all copies, modifications, and merged portions to Motorola; or c. Customer may continue to use the Confidential Information and Solution Data with the permission of Motorola, with no expectation of continued maintenance, support, update, or upgrade. d. In cases referenced according to items (a) and (b) above, Motorola shall certify in writing that all proprietary information, data, schema, or documentation belonging to Customer have been returned to Licensee in a platform-agnostic format accessible to the Licensee. 13.6 No Refund. If a subscription is terminated for any reason prior to the end of the Subscription Services Term or other subscription period set forth in the Incorporated Documents or otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties, no refund or credit will be provided. 13.8 Return of Discount. If Customer is afforded a discount in exchange for a term commitment longer than one year, early termination will result in an early termination fee, representing a return of the discount off of list price. 13.9 Connection Terminated. Certain Subscription Services require a connection to Customer systems to access Customer Data (e.g. predictive or analytic services). Upon termination, connection to relevant data sources will be disconnected and Motorola will no longer extract any Customer Data. 13.10 Equipment Return. Any equipment provided by Motorola for use with the Subscription Services, must be returned within thirty (30) days of the date of termination, at Customer’s expense. If equipment is not returned within this time frame, Motorola reserves the right to invoice the Customer for the purchase price of the unreturned equipment. 13.11 Five Year Term. Motorola provides equipment for use in connection with certain Subscription Services. Upon expiration and non-renewal of a five (5) year subscription Term, Title to the equipment will automatically transfer to Customer upon the subscription expiration date. 14. DISPUTES 14.1. Settlement. The parties will attempt to settle any dispute arising from this Agreement (except for a claim relating to intellectual property or breach of confidentiality) through consultation and a spirit of mutual cooperation. The dispute will be escalated to appropriate higher-level managers of the parties, if necessary. If cooperative efforts fail, the dispute will be mediated by a mediator chosen jointly by the parties within thirty (30) calendar days after notice by one of the parties demanding non-binding mediation. The parties will not unreasonably withhold consent to the selection of a mediator. Each Party will bear its own costs of mediation, but the Parties will share the cost of the mediator equally. Each Party will participate in the mediation in good faith and will be represented at the mediation by a business executive with authority to settle the Dispute. The Parties may agree to postpone mediation until they have completed some specified but limited discovery about the dispute, and may replace mediation with Attachment number 1 \nPage 9 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 10 some other form of non-binding alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”). 14.2 Litigation. A Party may submit to a court of competent jurisdiction any claim relating to intellectual property, breach of confidentiality, or any dispute that cannot be resolved between the parties through negotiation or mediation within two (2) months after the date of the initial demand for non-binding mediation. Either Party may then submit the Dispute to the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. Motorola, by executing this Agreement, specifically consents to jurisdiction and venue in Richmond County and waives any right to contest the jurisdiction and venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. Each Party consents to jurisdiction over it by that court. The use of ADR procedures will not be considered under the doctrine of laches, waiver, or estoppel to affect adversely the rights of either Party. Either Party may resort to the judicial proceedings described in this section before the expiration of the two-month ADR period if good faith efforts to resolve the dispute under these procedures have been unsuccessful; or interim relief from the court is necessary to prevent serious and irreparable injury to the Party. 15. SECURITY. 15.1 Industry Standard. Motorola will maintain industry standard security measures to protect the Solution from intrusion, breach, or corruption. During the term of Agreement, if the Solution enables access to Criminal Justice Information (“CJI”), as defined by the Criminal Justice Information Services Security Policy (“CJIS”), Motorola will provide and comply with a CJIS Security Addendum. Any additional Security measure desired by Customer may be available for an additional fee. 15.2 Background checks. Motorola will require its personnel that access CJI to submit to a background check based on submission of FBI fingerprint cards. 15.3 Customer Security Measures. Customer is independently responsible for establishing and maintaining its own policies and procedures and for ensuring compliance with CJIS and other security requirements that are outside the scope of the Subscription Services provided. Customer must establish and ensure compliance with access control policies and procedures, including password security measures. Further, Customer must maintain industry standard security and protective data privacy measures. Motorola disclaims any responsibility or liability whatsoever for the security or preservation of Customer Data or Solution Data once accessed or viewed by Customer or its representatives. Motorola further disclaims any responsibility or liability whatsoever that relates to or arise from Customer's failure to maintain industry standard security and data privacy measures and controls, including but not limited to lost or stolen passwords. Motorola reserves the right to terminate the Service if Customer’s failure to maintain or comply with industry standard security and control measures negatively impacts the Service, Solution, or Motorola’s own security measures. 15.4 Breach Response Plan. Both parties will maintain and follow a breach response plan consistent with the standards of their respective industries. 16. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS 16.1. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. 16.1.1. Treatment of Confidential Information. During the term of this Agreement, the Parties may provide each other with Confidential Information. Licensed Products will be deemed to be Motorola’s Confidential Information. To the extent allowed by law, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of three (3) years from the expiration or termination of this Agreement, each Party will: maintain the confidentiality of the other Party’s Confidential Information and not disclose it to any third party, except as authorized by the disclosing Party in writing or as required by a court of competent jurisdiction; restrict disclosure of the Confidential Information to its employees who have a “need to know” and not copy or reproduce the Confidential Information; take necessary and appropriate precautions to guard the Attachment number 1 \nPage 10 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 11 confidentiality of the Confidential Information, including informing its employees who handle the Confidential Information that it is confidential and is not to be disclosed to others, but those precautions will be at least the same degree of care that the receiving Party applies to its own confidential information and will not be less than reasonable care; and use the Confidential Information only in furtherance of the performance of this Agreement or pursuant to the license granted immediately below. 16.1.2. Ownership of Confidential Information. The disclosing Party owns and retains all of its Proprietary Rights in and to its Confidential Information, except the disclosing Party hereby grants to the receiving Party the limited right and license, on a non-exclusive, irrevocable, and royalty-free basis, to use the Confidential Information for any lawful, internal business purpose in the manner and to the extent permitted by this Agreement. 16.2. PRESERVATION OF PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. 16.2.1 Proprietary Solution. Customer acknowledges that the Licensed Products and any associated Documentation, data, and methodologies used in providing Services are proprietary to Motorola or its third party licensors and contain valuable trade secrets. In accordance with this Agreement, Customer and its employees shall treat the Solution and all Proprietary Rights as Confidential Information and will maintain the strictest confidence. 16.2.2. Ownership. Each Party owns and retains all of its Proprietary Rights that exist on the Effective Date. Motorola owns and retains all Proprietary Rights that are developed, originated, or prepared in connection with providing the Deliverables or Services to Customer, and this Agreement does not grant to Customer any shared development rights. At Motorola’s request and expense, Customer will execute all papers and provide reasonable assistance to Motorola to enable Motorola to establish the Proprietary Rights. Unless otherwise explicitly stated herein, this Agreement does not restrict a Party concerning its own Proprietary Rights and is not a grant (either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise) of a Party’s Proprietary Rights to the other Party. 16.3 Remedies. Because Licensed Products contain valuable trade secrets and proprietary information of Motorola, its vendors and licensors, Customer acknowledges and agrees that any actual or threatened breach of this Section will constitute immediate, irreparable harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be an inadequate remedy, and that injunctive relief is an appropriate remedy for such breach. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Motorola reserves the right to obtain injunctive relief and any other appropriate remedies from any court of competent jurisdiction in connection with any actual, alleged, or suspected breach of Section 4, infringement, misappropriation or violation of Motorola’s Property Rights, or the unauthorized use of Motorola’s Confidential Information. Any such action or proceeding may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the parties' rights and remedies under this Agreement are cumulative. 17. GENERAL 17.1 Future Regulatory Requirements. The Parties acknowledge and agree that this is an evolving technological area and therefore, laws and regulations regarding Subscription Services and use of the Solution may change. Changes to existing Subscription Services or Solution required to achieve regulatory compliance may be available for an additional fee. Any required changes may also impact the Fees for services. 17.2 Compliance with Applicable Laws. Each Party will comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations and rules concerning the performance of this Agreement. Further, Customer will comply with all applicable export and import control laws and regulations in its use of the Licensed Products and Subscription Services. In particular, Customer will not export or re-export the Licensed Products without Motorola’s' prior written consent, and, if such consent is granted, without Customer first obtaining all required United States and foreign government licenses. Customer further agrees to comply with all applicable laws and regulations in providing the Customer Data to Motorola, and Customer Attachment number 1 \nPage 11 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 12 warrants and represents to Motorola that Customer has all rights necessary to provide such Customer Data to Motorola for the uses as contemplated hereunder. Customer shall obtain at its expense all necessary licenses, permits and regulatory approvals required by any and all governmental authorities as may from time to time be required in connection with its activities related to this Agreement. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Customer will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Motorola from and against any violation of such laws or regulations by Customer or any of its agents, officers, directors, or employees. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Motorola will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Customer from and against any violation of applicable laws or regulations by Motorola or any of its agents, officers, directors, or employees. 17.3 Indemnification. Motorola will indemnify and hold Customer, its employees, and its agents, who are users of the Solution and/or equipment related to this Agreement, harmless from any and all liability, expense, judgment, suit, cause of action, or demand for personal injury, death, or direct damage to tangible property which may accrue against Customer to the extent it is caused by the negligence of Motorola, its subcontractors, or their employees or agents, while performing their duties under this Agreement, and if Customer gives Motorola prompt, written notice of any claim or suit. Customer will cooperate with Motorola in its defense or settlement of the claim or suit. This Section sets forth the full extent of Motorola’s general indemnification of Customer from liabilities that are in any way related to Motorola’s performance under this Agreement. 17.4 Performance and Payment Bond. Motorola shall secure a performance and payment bond (“Bond”) within ten (10) Business Days after execution of this Agreement in the face amount of the total contract price (100% of the bid price). The Bond amount shall cover the total amount of services to be provided under this Agreement through the Warranty Period. In the event that Augusta desires to renew or extend the term of the performance bond, Augusta shall be responsible for any additional bond premiums and any renewal thereof shall be subject to underwriting or surety approval. 17.5 Liquidated Damages. Motorola agrees to pay as liquidated damages to Customer the sum of $100 per day for each consecutive calendar day for failure to complete its performance beyond the expiration of the Completion Time, except for authorized extensions of time by Customer, Customer delays or events of force majeure. Any liquidated damages assessed may not cumulatively exceed 2% of the Contract Price. This Section is independent of Section 13.1 – Default of Party. The Parties agree that this provision for liquidated damages are not intended to operate as penalties for breach of contract. The liquidated damages set forth above are not intended to compensate Customer for any damages other than inconvenience and loss of use or delay in services. 17.6 Audit. Motorola reserves the right to monitor and audit use of the Subscription Services. Customer will cooperate and will require Users to cooperate with such monitoring or audit. 17.7 Georgia Prompt Pay Act Not Applicable. The terms of this Agreement supersede any and all provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act. 17.8 Georgia Open Records Act. Motorola acknowledges that this Agreement and certain documentation may be subject to the Georgia Open Records Act (O.C.G.A. § 50-18-70, et seq.). Motorola shall cooperate fully in responding to such requests and shall make all records, not exempt, available for inspection and copying as required by law. Motorola shall clearly mark any information provided to Customer which Motorola contends is Proprietary Information. Motorola shall notify Customer immediately of any Open Records request arising out of this Agreement and shall provide to Customer a copy of any response to the same. 17.9 RFP Compliance. This Agreement will operate in accordance with Augusta, GA RFP (the RFP to which the Vendor’s proposal applies) and the Vendor response to said RFP. In case of conflict between the original RFP and this Agreement, this Agreement shall supersede all previous or contemporaneous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to matters set forth herein. It may only be modified in writing and must be signed by authorized representatives of both parties. Attachment number 1 \nPage 12 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 13 17.10 Insurance Requirements. Motorola shall, at all times that this Agreement is in effect, cause to be maintained in force and effect an insurance policy(s) that will ensure and indemnify the Customer against liability or financial loss resulting from injuries occurring to persons or property or occurring as a result of any negligent error, act, or omission of Motorola in the performance of work during the term of this Agreement. Motorola shall provide, at all times that this Agreement is in effect, Insurance with limits of: (a) Commercial General Liability Coverage Limit General Aggregate Products Liability/Completed $2,000,000.00 Oper. Aggregate $1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence $1,000,000.00 Personal & Advertising Injury $1,000,000.00 If Commercial General Liability or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. (b) Workers' Compensation and Employer's Liability Coverage Limit Workers' Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability Each Accident $ 500,000.00 Per Employee - Disease $ 500,000.00 Annual Aggregate - Disease $ 500,000.00 (c) Automobile Liability Coverage Limit Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined - Occurrence $1,000,000.00 Uninsured/Underinsured Motorist - Occurrence $1,000,000.00 This Policy must provide coverage for all owned, non-owned, and hired autos. (d) Technology E&O per claim Aggregate $1,000,000.00 $2,000,000.00 17.11 Assignability. Except as provided herein, neither Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Any attempted assignment, delegation, or transfer without the necessary consent will be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Motorola may assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or its right to receive payment without the prior consent of Customer. In addition, in the event Motorola separates one or more of its businesses (each a “Separated Business”), whether by way of a sale, establishment of a joint venture, spin-off or otherwise (each a “Separation Event”), Motorola may, without the prior written consent of the other Party and at no additional cost to Motorola, assign this Agreement such that it will continue to benefit the Separated Business and its affiliates (and Motorola and its affiliates, to the extent applicable) following the Separation Event. Motorola may subcontract any of the work, but subcontracting will not relieve Motorola of its duties under this Agreement. 17.12 Subcontracting. Motorola may subcontract any portion of the Subscription Services without prior notice or consent of Customer. 17.13 Waiver. Failure or delay by either Party to exercise a right or power will not be a waiver of the right or power. For a waiver of a right or power to be effective, it must be in a writing signed by the waiving Party. An effective waiver of a right or power will not be construed as either a future or continuing Attachment number 1 \nPage 13 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 14 waiver of that same right or power, or the waiver of any other right or power. 17.14 Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders any part of this Agreement invalid or otherwise unenforceable, that part will be severed and the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect. 17.15 Independent Contractors. Each Party will perform its duties under this Agreement as an independent contractor. The parties and their personnel will not be considered to be employees or agents of the other Party. Nothing in this Agreement will be interpreted as granting either Party the right or authority to make commitments of any kind for the other. This Agreement will not constitute, create, or be interpreted as a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 17.16 Headings. The section headings in this Agreement are inserted only for convenience and are not to be construed as part of this Agreement or as a limitation of the scope of the particular section to which the heading refers. This Agreement will be fairly interpreted in accordance with its terms and conditions and not for or against either Party. 17.17 Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia. 17.18 Modification. Motorola acknowledges that this Agreement and any changes to it by amendment, modification, change order or other similar document may have required or may require the legislative authorization of the Augusta, Georgia Board of Commissioners and approval of the Mayor. Under Georgia law, Motorola is deemed to possess knowledge concerning Augusta, Georgia's ability to assume contractual obligations and the consequences of Motorola's provision of goods or services to Augusta, Georgia under an unauthorized contract, amendment, modification, change order or other similar document, including the possibility that Motorola may be precluded from recovering payment for such unauthorized goods or services. Accordingly, Motorola agrees that if it provides goods or services to Augusta, Georgia under an agreement that has not received proper legislative authorization or if Motorola provides goods or services to Augusta, Georgia in excess of the any contractually authorized goods or services, as required by Augusta, Georgia's Charter and Code, Augusta, Georgia may withhold payment for any unauthorized goods or services provided by Motorola. Motorola assumes all risk of non-payment for the provision of any unauthorized goods or services to Augusta, Georgia, and it waives all claims to payment or to other remedies for the provision of any unauthorized goods or services to Augusta, Georgia, however characterized, including, without limitation, all remedies at law or equity; unless the person who executes a change order or amendment on behalf of Augusta, Georgia (“Authorized Signatory”)represents that all legislative approvals were given and that the Authorized Signatory is duly authorized to bind Augusta, Georgia. This acknowledgement shall be a mandatory provision in all Augusta, Georgia contracts for goods and services, except revenue producing contracts. 17.19 Notices. Notices required under this Agreement to be given by one Party to the other must be in writing and either personally delivered or sent to the address provided by the other Party by certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid (or by a recognized courier service, such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL), or by facsimile with correct answerback received, and will be effective upon receipt. To Customer: Tameka Allen, IT Director 535 Telfair Street, Bldg 2000 Augusta, GA 30901 T: 706.821.2522 F: 706.821.2530 Copies to: Hardie Davis, Jr., Mayor 535 Telfair Street, Suite 200 Augusta, GA 30901 T: 706.821.1831 Attachment number 1 \nPage 14 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 15 To Motorola: Judy Jean-Pierre, Sr. Counsel Legal, Government Affairs & Corporate Communications 500 West Monroe Street Chicago, IL 60661 17.20 Authority To Execute Agreement. Each Party represents that it has obtained all necessary approvals, consents and authorizations to enter into this Agreement and to perform its duties under this Agreement; the person executing this Agreement on its behalf has the authority to do so; upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties, it is a valid and binding contract, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement does not violate any bylaw, charter, regulation, law or any other governing authority of the Party. 17.21 E-Verify Compliance. All contractors and subcontractors entering into contracts with Augusta, Georgia for the physical performance of services shall be required to execute an Affidavit verifying its compliance with OCGA §13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is contracting with Augusta, Georgia has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program. All contractors and subcontractors must provide their E-Verify number and must be in compliance with the electronic verification of work authorized programs operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), P.L. 99-603, in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in OCGA §13-10-91 and shall continue to use the federal authorization program throughout the contract term. All contractors shall further agree that, should it employ or contract with any subcontractor(s) in connection with the physical performance of services pursuant to its contract with Augusta, Georgia the contractor will secure from such subcontractor(s) each subcontractor’s E-Verify number as evidence of verification of compliance with OCGA §13-10-91 on the subcontractor affidavit provided in Rule 300-10-01-.08 or a substantially similar form. All contractors shall further agree to maintain records of such compliance and provide a copy of each such verification to Augusta, Georgia at the time the subcontractor(s) is retained to perform such physical services. 17.22 Conflicts of Interest; Prohibited Interests. Motorola maintains and warrants that it has not employed or retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Motorola, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Motorola warrants that it has not paid or agreed to pay any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Motorola, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, Customer shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the Term of this Agreement, no member, officer or employee of Customer, during the term of his or her service with Customer, shall have any direct interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom. 17.23 Local Small Business Language: In accordance with Chapter 10B of the AUGUSTA, GA. CODE, and to the extent applicable to this Agreement, Motorola expressly agrees to collect and maintain all records necessary to for Augusta, Georgia to evaluate the effectiveness of its Local Small Business Opportunity Program and to make such records available to Augusta, Georgia. The requirements of the Local Small Business Opportunity Program can be found at www.augustaga.gov. In accordance with AUGUSTA, GA. CODE § 1-10-129(d)(7), for all contracts where a local small business goal has been established, the contractor is required to provide local small business utilization reports. Motorola shall report to Augusta, Georgia the total dollars paid to each local small business on each contract, and shall provide such payment affidavits, regarding payment to subcontractors as may be requested by Augusta, Georgia. Such documents shall be in the format specified by the Director of minority and small business opportunities, and shall be submitted at such times as required by Augusta, Georgia. Failure to provide such reports within the time period specified by Augusta, Georgia shall entitle Augusta, Georgia to exercise any of the remedies set forth, including but not limited to, withholding payment from the Motorola and/or collecting liquidated damages. Motorola is not utilizing any small local businesses for this Agreement. Attachment number 1 \nPage 15 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 16 17.24 Defective Pricing. To the extent that the pricing provided by Motorola is erroneous or defective, the Parties may, by agreement, correct the pricing errors to reflect the intent of the Parties. 17.25 Prohibition Against Contingent Fees. Motorola warrants that no person or selling agency has been employed or retained to solicit or secure this Agreement upon an agreement or understanding for a commission, percentage, brokerage, or contingent fee, excepting bona fide employees or bona fide established commercial or selling agencies maintained by Motorola for the purpose of securing business and that Motorola has not received any non-Customer fee related to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Customer. For breach or violation of this warranty, the Customer shall have the right to annul this Agreement without liability or at its discretion to deduct from the Agreement Price of consideration the full amount of such commission, percentage, brokerage or contingent fee. 17.26 Return of Equipment. Upon termination of the contract for any reason, Customer shall return to Motorola all equipment delivered to Customer, if any. 17.27. Survival Of Terms. The following provisions survives the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: if any payment obligations exist, Section 5 (Subscription Fees); Section 12 (Limitation of Liability); Section 13 (Default and Termination); Section 14 (Disputes); Section 16 (Confidential Information and Proprietary Rights);; and all General provisions in Section 17. 17.28. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and any Incorporated Documents or related attachments constitute the entire agreement of the Parties regarding the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all previous agreements, proposals, and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to this subject matter. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by authorized representatives of both Parties. The preprinted terms and conditions found on any Customer purchase or purchase order, acknowledgment or other form will not be considered an amendment or modification of this Agreement, even if a representative of each Party signs that document. In witness whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date. Motorola Solutions, Inc. Augusta, Georgia By: ______________________________ By: ______________________________ Name: ___________________________ Name: Hardie Davis, Jr. Title: ____________________________ Title: Mayor of Augusta, Georgia Date: ____________________________ Date: _____________________________ Sworn to before me this ___ day of ___________________, 2018 Notary: _____________________________ Attest: ______________________________ Lena J. Bonner, Clerk of Commission (notary seal) Attachment number 1 \nPage 16 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 17 Attachment number 1 \nPage 17 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 18 BILL TO ADDRESS: SHIP TO ADDRESS: Name: _________________________ Name: _________________________ Address: _______________________ Address: _______________________ Address: _______________________ Address: _______________________ Phone #: _______________________ Phone #: _______________________ FINAL DESTINATION: Name: _________________________ Address: _______________________ Address: _______________________ Phone #: _______________________ Attachment number 1 \nPage 18 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 19 EXHIBIT I ADDENDUM DIGITAL EVIDENCE MANAGEMENT SOLUTION The following additional terms will apply to Subscription Services from Motorola’s Digital Evidence Management Solution. If any term in this Exhibit conflicts with a term in the main body of this Agreement, this Exhibit will govern. 1. DATA STORAGE. Motorola will determine, in its sole discretion, the location of the stored content for CommandCentral Vault Services. All data, replications, and backups will be stored at a location in the United States for Customers in the United States. 2. DATA RETRIEVAL. CommandCentral Services will leverage different types of storage to optimize the Subscription Services, as determined in Motorola’s sole discretion. For multimedia data, such as videos, pictures, audio files, Motorola will, in its sole discretion, determine the type of storage medium used to store the content. The type of storage and medium selected by Motorola will determine the data retrieval speed. Access to content in archival storage may take up to 8 hours to be viewable. 3. API SUPPORT. Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the Application Programming Interface (“API”) offered as part of the CommandCentral Services during the term of this Addendum. APIs will evolve and mature over time, requiring changes and updates. Previous versions of APIs will be supported for a minimum of a 6 month time period after new version is introduced. If support of the API is no longer a commercially reasonable option, Motorola will provide reasonable advance notification to Customer. If an API presents a security risk to the Subscription Services or the Solution, Motorola will discontinue an API without prior warning. 4. SERVICE LEVEL TARGETS. Commercially reasonable efforts will be made to provide monthly availability of 99.9% with the exception of maintenance windows. There are many factors beyond Motorola’s control that may impact Motorola’s ability to achieve this goal, including but not limited to a Force Majeure. Additionally, Motorola will strive to meet the response time goals set forth in the table below. RESPONSE TIME GOALS SEVERITY LEVEL DEFINITION RESPONSE TIME 1 Total System Failure - occurs when the System is not functioning and there is no workaround; such as a Central Server is down or when the workflow of an entire agency is not functioning. This level is meant to represent a major issue that results in an unusable System, Subsystem, Product, or critical features. No work around or immediate solution is available. Telephone conference within 1 Hour of initial voice notification Attachment number 1 \nPage 19 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 20 2 Critical Failure - Critical process failure occurs when a crucial element in the System that does not prohibit continuance of basic operations is not functioning and there is usually no suitable work- around. Note that this may not be applicable to intermittent problems. This level is meant to represent a moderate issue that limits a Customer’s normal use of the System, Subsystem, Product or major non-critical features. Telephone conference within 3 Business Hours of initial voice notification during normal business hours 3 Non-Critical Failure - Non-Critical part or component failure occurs when a System component is not functioning, but the System is still useable for its intended purpose, or there is a reasonable workaround. This level is meant to represent a minor issue that does not preclude use of the System, Subsystem, Product, or critical features. Telephone conference within 6 Business Hours of initial notification during normal business hours 4 Inconvenience - An inconvenience occurs when System causes a minor disruption in the way tasks are performed but does not stop workflow. This level is meant to represent very minor issues, such as cosmetic issues, documentation errors, general usage questions, and product or System Update requests. Telephone conference within 2 Standard Business Days of initial notification 5. MAINTENANCE Scheduled maintenance of CommandCentral Solutions will be performed periodically. Motorola will make commercially reasonable efforts to notify customers a week in advance. Unscheduled and emergency maintenance may be required from time to time. Motorola will make commercially reasonable efforts to notify customers of unscheduled or emergency maintenance 24 hours in advance. 6. DEVICES. If Customer elects Motorola’s service option for Devices, such service option will be governed by the additional terms and conditions set forth below in this Section. 6.1. For Devices to be eligible for the Device as a Service (“DaaS”) offering the Devices must be on the then current firmware version. The Capture Mobile Camera feature requires the latest version of the Android or iOS operating system. Additionally, Customer’s Wi-Fi network must comply with the requirements found below, Wi-Fi Network Requirements. If Customer’s Wi-Fi network does not comply with these requirements Customer will be responsible for additional costs that may be incurred related to bring the Wi-Fi network into compliance. 6.2. Smart Interface Device Refresh: Customers who have chosen a 5-year Term for the DaaS offering will receive a new version of the Device 30 months from the start of the Term or as soon as a new version is available. The new version Device must be in the same family as the previously selected model. The refresh will only include the Device. Any carry holders, batteries or other accessories will not be refreshed. The Devices being refreshed must be returned to Motorola within 60 days of the refreshed devices being shipped. The customer will be invoiced for any devices not returned or returned damaged or nonfunctional. Subject to Motorola’s receipt of all applicable fees for the 5-year service offering, on expiration of the 5-year term title to any covered Devices will pass to Customer. 6.3. If Customer elects a 5-year or greater Term for the DaaS offering, Motorola will provide the equipment necessary to enable the DaaS. Accessories for the Devices will not be provided and must be Attachment number 1 \nPage 20 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 21 purchased separately, if desired. 6.4. Content will be downloadable at any time through the administrative interface during the Term of the Agreement. During the Initial Term, Motorola may provide general assistance as Customer learns to download or store content. After the Initial Term, additional storage term or assistance with downloading of content may be available for an additional fee. 6.5 Wi-Fi Network Requirements 6.5.1 If any of the below items apply, additional deployment services fees may apply: Customer's internet is through county/city IT, strict firewall policies, not able to install software on PC's Customer requires multiple upload locations through different internet providers at each site Customer has slow internet (<20MBps or higher for 4k video upload) Customer doesn't have Wi-Fi Customer doesn't use Google Chrome or uses Google Chrome but has conflicting Chrome extensions Customer requires multiple upload locations Customer has multicast disabled on their wireless network Customer wants to utilize MAC address filtering 6.5.2 The following are not supported: Wi-Fi AP's do not support 802.11AC Customer AP does not support DNS-SD, and/or the Apple Bonjour suite EXHIBIT II EQUIPMENT SALE ADDENDUM This Addendum is to the Subscription Service Agreement or other previously executed Agreement currently in force, as applicable (“Primary Agreement”) and provides additional or different terms and conditions to govern the sale of equipment and related software provided by Motorola. The terms in this Addendum are integral to and incorporated into the Primary Agreement. To the extent there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Primary Agreement and the terms and conditions of this Addendum, this Addendum takes precedence, as to the inconsistency only. 1. Exhibits The Exhibits listed below are incorporated into and made a part of this Addendum. In interpreting this Attachment number 1 \nPage 21 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 22 Addendum and resolving any ambiguities, the main body of this Addendum takes precedence over the exhibits and any inconsistency between the exhibits will be resolved in their listed order. Documents included in the proposal and listed below as Exhibits are incorporated by this reference. Exhibit A Motorola “Software License Agreement” Exhibit III Motorola “Proposal/Quote dated July 17, 2018, and updated pricing dated October 4, 2018” or “Payment Schedule”, as applicable. 2. DEFINITIONS All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as defined in the Primary Agreement. 2.1. “Product Price” means the price for the equipment and related Software and installation or related services, excluding applicable sales or similar taxes and freight charges. 2.2. “Effective Date” means that date upon which the last Party executes the Primary Agreement or, the date on which the last Party executes the Addendum, whichever is later. 2.3. “Equipment” means the equipment listed in the Equipment List that Customer purchases from Motorola pursuant to this Addendum. 2.4 “Infringement Claim” means a third party claim alleging that the Equipment manufactured by Motorola or the Motorola Software directly infringes a United States patent or copyright. 2.5. “Motorola Software” means Software that Motorola or its affiliated company owns. 2.6. “Non-Motorola Software” means Software that another party owns. 2.7. “Open Source Software” (also called “freeware” or “shareware”) software with either freely obtainable source code, license for modification, or permission for free distribution. 2.8. “Products” mean the Equipment and Software sold by Motorola under this Addendum. 2.9. “Proprietary Rights” means the patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks, trade names, mask works, know-how, ideas and concepts, moral rights, processes, methodologies, tools, techniques, and other intellectual property rights in and to the Equipment and Software, including those created or produced by Motorola under this Addendum and any corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates or modifications to or derivative works from the Software whether made by Motorola or another party. 2.10. “Software” means the Motorola Software and Non-Motorola Software in object code format that is furnished with the Equipment. 2.11. “Specifications” means the functionality and performance requirements that are described in the Proposal/Quote or Technical and Implementation Documents (as applicable). 2.12 “Warranty Period” means one (1) year from the date of shipment of the Products. Notwithstanding, if a third party manufacturer offers a longer warranty period, such warranty will be passed through to Customer. 3. SCOPE AND TERM 3.1. SCOPE OF WORK. Motorola will provide and install (if applicable) the Products, and perform its other contractual responsibilities, all in accordance with this Addendum. Any reference to “Subscription Services” in the Primary Agreement shall mean Product as applicable in this Addendum. Attachment number 1 \nPage 22 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 23 3.2. CHANGE ORDERS. Either Party may request changes within the general scope of this Addendum. Neither Party is obligated to perform requested changes unless both Parties execute a written change order. 3.3. TERM. Unless terminated in accordance with other provisions of the Primary Agreement or extended by mutual agreement of the Parties, the term of this Addendum begins on the Effective Date and continues until the expiration of the Warranty Period or three (3) years from the Effective Date, whichever occurs last. 3.4. ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE. During the Term of this Addendum, Customer may order additional Equipment or Software if it is then available. Each order must refer to the Primary Agreement and Addendum and must specify the pricing and delivery terms. Notwithstanding any additional or contrary terms in the order, the applicable provisions of this Addendum (except for pricing, delivery, and payment terms) will govern the purchase and sale of the additional Equipment or Software. Payment is due within thirty (30) days after the invoice date, and Motorola will send Customer an invoice as the additional Equipment is shipped or Software is licensed. Alternatively, Customer may register with and place orders through Motorola Online (“MOL”), and this Addendum will be the “Underlying Agreement” for those MOL transactions rather than the MOL On-Line Terms and Conditions of Sale. MOL registration and other information may be found at https://businessonline.motorolasolutions.com and the MOL telephone number is (800) 814-0601. 3.5. MAINTENANCE SERVICE. This Addendum does not cover maintenance or support of the Products except as provided under the warranty. If Customer wishes to purchase maintenance or support, Motorola will provide a separate maintenance and support proposal upon request. 3.6. MOTOROLA SOFTWARE. Any Motorola Software, including subsequent releases, is licensed to Customer solely in accordance with the Software License Agreement. Customer hereby accepts and agrees to abide by all of the terms and restrictions of the Software License Agreement. 3.7. NON-MOTOROLA SOFTWARE. Any Non-Motorola Software is licensed to Customer in accordance with the standard license, terms, and restrictions of the copyright owner on the Effective Date unless the copyright owner has granted to Motorola the right to sublicense the Non-Motorola Software pursuant to the Software License Agreement, in which case it applies and the copyright owner will have all of Licensor’s rights and protections under the Software License Agreement. Motorola makes no representations or warranties of any kind regarding Non-Motorola Software. Non-Motorola Software may include Open Source Software. Upon request by Customer, Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to determine whether any Open Source Software will be provided under this Agreement; and if so, identify the Open Source Software and provide to Customer a copy of the applicable standard license (or specify where that license may be found); and provide to Customer a copy of the Open Source Software source code if it is publicly available without charge (although a distribution fee or a charge for related services may be applicable). 3.8 SUBSTITUTIONS. At no additional cost to Customer, Motorola may substitute any Equipment, Software, or services to be provided by Motorola, if the substitute meets or exceeds the Specifications and is of equivalent or better quality to the Customer. Any substitution will be reflected in a change order. Section 4 ACCEPTANCE, PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE AND DELAYS 4.1 Acceptance of the Products will occur upon thirty (30) days post “Go-Live” provided all system requirements have been successfully tested, or arrangements have been made to complete them at a later date. The demonstration of the delivered solution meeting all System Requirements is the Vendor’s right and responsibility. In the event that arrangements have been made to complete some of the System Requirements at a later date, this must be with the written approval of the Customer’s Director of Information Technology and the Chief Official of the Customer’s department or office, whose operations would be impacted by the inability of the Vendor to fully implement their system.. Attachment number 1 \nPage 23 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 24 4.2 If this Addendum includes the performance of services relating to the Product, the proposal/quote or Statement of Work will describe the performance schedule, or if there is no performance schedule, within a reasonable period of time. Section 5 CONTRACT PRICE, PAYMENT, AND INVOICING 5.1. PRODUCT PRICE. The Product Price in U.S. dollars is set forth in Exhibit III and is due and payable upon Acceptance. 5.2. INVOICING AND PAYMENT. Motorola will submit invoices to Customer for Products and for installation or related services when they are performed. Customer will make payments to Motorola within thirty (30) days after the date of each invoice. Customer will make payments when due in the form of a wire transfer, check, or cashier’s check from a U.S. financial institution. Overdue invoices will bear simple interest at the maximum allowable rate. For Customer’s reference, the Federal Tax Identification Number for Motorola Solutions, Inc. is 36-1115800 5.3 FREIGHT, TITLE, AND RISK OF LOSS. Motorola will pre-pay and add all freight charges to the invoices. Title and risk of loss to the Equipment will pass to Customer upon receipt of shipment. Title to Software will not pass to Customer at any time. Motorola will pack and ship all Equipment in accordance with good commercial practices. Section 6 SITES AND SITE CONDITIONS 6.1. ACCESS TO SITES. If Motorola is providing installation or other services, Customer will provide all necessary construction and building permits, licenses, and the like; and access to the work sites or vehicles identified in the Technical and Implementation Documents as reasonably requested by Motorola so that it may perform its contractual duties. 6.2. SITE CONDITIONS. If Motorola is providing installation or other services at Customer’s sites, Customer will ensure that these work sites be safe, secure, and in compliance with all applicable industry and OSHA standards. To the extent applicable and unless the Statement of Work states to the contrary, Customer will ensure that these work sites have adequate: physical space, air conditioning and other environmental conditions; adequate and appropriate electrical power outlets, distribution, equipment and connections; and adequate telephone or other communication lines (including modem access and adequate interfacing networking capabilities), all for the installation, use and maintenance of the Products. Section 7 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 7.1. EQUIPMENT WARRANTY. During the Warranty Period, Motorola warrants that the Equipment under normal use and service will be free from material defects in materials and workmanship. If Acceptance is delayed beyond six (6) months after shipment of the Products by events or causes within Customer’s control, this warranty expires eighteen (18) months after the shipment of the Products. 7.2. MOTOROLA SOFTWARE WARRANTY. Unless otherwise stated in the Software License Agreement, during the Warranty Period, Motorola warrants the Motorola Software in accordance with the terms of the Software License Agreement and the provisions of this Section that are applicable to the Motorola Software. TO THE EXTENT, IF ANY, THAT THERE IS A SEPARATE LICENSE AGREEMENT PACKAGED WITH, OR PROVIDED ELECTRONICALLY WITH, A PARTICULAR PRODUCT THAT BECOMES EFFECTIVE ON AN ACT OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE END USER, THEN THAT AGREEMENT SUPERSEDES THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT AS TO THE END USER OF EACH SUCH PRODUCT. If Acceptance is delayed beyond six (6) months after shipment of the Software by events or causes within Customer’s control, this warranty expires eighteen (18) months after the shipment of the Software. 7.3. EXCLUSIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND MOTOROLA SOFTWARE WARRANTIES. These warranties do not apply to: (i) defects or damage resulting from: use of the Equipment or Motorola Software in other than its normal, customary, and authorized manner; accident, liquids, neglect, or acts of Attachment number 1 \nPage 24 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 25 God; testing, maintenance, disassembly, repair, installation, alteration, modification, or adjustment not provided or authorized in writing by Motorola; Customer’s failure to comply with all applicable industry and OSHA standards; (ii) breakage of or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in material or workmanship; (iii) Equipment that has had the serial number removed or made illegible; (iv) batteries (because they carry their own separate limited warranty) or consumables; (v) freight costs to ship Equipment to the repair depot; (vi) scratches or other cosmetic damage to Equipment surfaces that does not affect the operation of the Equipment; and (vii) normal or customary wear and tear. 7.4. WARRANTY CLAIMS. To assert a warranty claim, Customer must notify Motorola in writing of the claim before the expiration of the Warranty Period. Upon receipt of this notice, Motorola will investigate the warranty claim. If this investigation confirms a valid warranty claim, Motorola will (at its option and at no additional charge to Customer) repair the defective Equipment or Motorola Software, replace it with the same or equivalent product, or refund the price of the defective Equipment or Motorola Software. That action will be the full extent of Motorola’s liability for the warranty claim. If this investigation indicates the warranty claim is not valid, then Motorola may invoice Customer for responding to the claim on a time and materials basis using Motorola’s then current labor rates. Repaired or replaced product is warranted for the balance of the original applicable Warranty Period. All replaced products or parts will become the property of Motorola. 7.5. ORIGINAL END USER IS COVERED. These express limited warranties are extended by Motorola to the original user purchasing the Products for commercial, industrial, or governmental use only, and are not assignable or transferable. 7.6. DISCLAIMER OF OTHER WARRANTIES. THESE WARRANTIES ARE THE COMPLETE WARRANTIES FOR THE EQUIPMENT AND MOTOROLA SOFTWARE PROVIDED UNDER THIS ADDENDUM AND ARE GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Section 8 INDEMNIFICATION 8.1. GENERAL INDEMNITY BY MOTOROLA. Motorola will indemnify and hold Customer, its employees, and its agents who are users of the Equipment, harmless from any and all liability, expense, judgment, suit, cause of action, or demand for personal injury, death, or direct damage to tangible property which may accrue against Customer to the extent it is caused by the negligence of Motorola, its subcontractors, or their employees or agents, while performing their duties under this Addendum, if Customer gives Motorola prompt, written notice of any claim or suit. Customer will cooperate with Motorola in its defense or settlement of the claim or suit. This section sets forth the full extent of Motorola’s general indemnification of Customer from liabilities that are in any way related to Motorola’s performance under this Addendum. 8.2. PATENT AND COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT INDEMNIFICATION 8.2.1. Motorola will defend at its expense any suit brought against Customer to the extent it is based on a third-party claim alleging that the Equipment manufactured by Motorola or the Motorola Software (“Motorola Product”) directly infringes a United States patent or copyright (“Infringement Claim”). Motorola’s duties to defend and indemnify are conditioned upon: Customer promptly notifying Motorola in writing of the Infringement Claim; Motorola having sole control of the defense of the suit and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise; and Customer providing to Motorola cooperation and, if requested by Motorola, reasonable assistance in the defense of the Infringement Claim. In addition to Motorola’s obligation to defend, and subject to the same conditions, Motorola will pay all damages finally awarded against Customer by a court of competent jurisdiction for an Infringement Claim or agreed to, in writing, by Motorola in settlement of an Infringement Claim. 8.2.2. If an Infringement Claim occurs, or in Motorola's opinion is likely to occur, Motorola may at its option and expense: (a) procure for Customer the right to continue using the Motorola Product; (b) replace or modify the Motorola Product so that it becomes non-infringing while providing functionally equivalent performance; or (c) accept the return of the Motorola Product and grant Customer a credit for the Motorola Product, less a reasonable charge for depreciation. The depreciation amount will be calculated based upon generally accepted accounting standards. Attachment number 1 \nPage 25 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 26 8.2.3. Motorola will have no duty to defend or indemnify for any Infringement Claim that is based upon: (a) the combination of the Motorola Product with any software, apparatus or device not furnished by Motorola; (b) the use of ancillary equipment or software not furnished by Motorola and that is attached to or used in connection with the Motorola Product; (c) Motorola Product designed or manufactured in accordance with Customer’s designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions, if the alleged infringement would not have occurred without such designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions; (d) a modification of the Motorola Product by a party other than Motorola; (e) use of the Motorola Product in a manner for which the Motorola Product was not designed or that is inconsistent with the terms of this Addendum; or (f) the failure by Customer to install an enhancement release to the Motorola Software that is intended to correct the claimed infringement. In no event will Motorola’s liability resulting from its indemnity obligation to Customer extend in any way to royalties payable on a per use basis or the Customer’s revenues, or any royalty basis other than a reasonable royalty based upon revenue derived by Motorola from Customer from sales or license of the infringing Motorola Product. 8.2.4. This Section 12 provides Customer’s sole and exclusive remedies and Motorola’s entire liability in the event of an Infringement Claim. Customer has no right to recover and Motorola has no obligation to provide any other or further remedies, whether under another provision of this Addendum or any other legal theory or principle, in connection with an Infringement Claim. In addition, the rights and remedies provided in this Section 10 are subject to and limited by the restrictions set forth in Section 9. Section 9 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Except for personal injury, death or damage to tangible property, Motorola's total liability, whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability in tort, indemnification, or otherwise, will be limited to the damages recoverable under law, but not to exceed the price of the Equipment, Software, or implementation Services with respect to which losses or damages are claimed. With respect to all non- implementation Services and unless as otherwise provided under the applicable Addenda, Motorola’s total liability will be limited to the damages recoverable under law not to exceed the total Product Price. ALTHOUGH THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES, THEY AGREE THAT MOTOROLA WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY COMMERCIAL LOSS, INCONVENIENCE, LOSS OF USE, LOSS TIME, DATA, GOODWILL, REVENUES, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; OR OTHER SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING FROM THIS AGREEMENT, THE SALE OR USE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE, OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES BY MOTOROLA PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT. This limitation of liability provision survives the expiration or termination of the Agreement and applies notwithstanding any contrary provision. Section 10 GENERAL 10.1. TAXES. The Contract Price does not include excise, sales, lease, use, property, or other taxes, assessments or duties, all of which will be paid by Customer except as exempt by law. If Motorola is required to pay any of these taxes, Motorola will send an invoice to Customer and Customer will pay to Motorola the amount of the taxes (including any interest and penalties) within thirty (30) days after the date of the invoice. Customer will be solely responsible for reporting the Equipment for personal property tax purposes, and Motorola will be solely responsible for reporting taxes on its income or net worth. 10.2 MISCELLANEOUS. This addendum may be executed in multiple counterparts, and shall have the same legal force and effect as if the Parties had executed it as a single document. The Parties may sign in writing, or by electronic signature, including by email. An electronic signature, or a facsimile copy or computer image, such as a PDF or tiff image, of a signature, shall be treated as and shall have the same effect as an original signature. In addition, an electronic signature, a true and correct facsimile copy or computer image of this Addendum shall be treated as and shall have the same effect as an original signed copy of this document. 10.3 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE. In the event of inconsistencies between this Exhibit I and the Attachment number 1 \nPage 26 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 27 Primary Agreement, the Parties agree that this Exhibit I prevails, only with respect to the specific subject matter of this Exhibit I, and not the Primary Agreement or any other exhibit as it applies to any other subject matter. 10.4 AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE ADDENDUM. Each Party represents that it has obtained all necessary approvals, consents and authorizations to enter into this Addendum and to perform its duties under this Addendum; the person executing this Addendum on its behalf has the authority to do so; upon execution and delivery of this Addendum by the Parties, it is a valid and binding contract, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and the execution, delivery, and performance of this Addendum does not violate any bylaw, charter, regulation, law or any other governing authority of the Party. The Parties hereby enter into this Addendum as of the Effective Date. Motorola Solutions, Inc. Augusta, Georgia By: ______________________________ By: ______________________________ Name: ___________________________ Name: Hardie Davis, Jr. Title: ____________________________ Title: Mayor of Augusta, Georgia Date: ____________________________ Date: _____________________________ Notary: ___________________________ Attest: ___________________________ Lena J. Bonner, Clerk of Commission Attachment number 1 \nPage 27 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 28 EXHIBIT A MOTOROLA SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT This Exhibit A Motorola Software License Agreement ("Agreement") is between Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola") and Augusta, Georgia (“Licensee”). For good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows: Section 1 DEFINITIONS 1.1 “Designated Products” means products provided by Motorola to Licensee with which or for which the Software and Documentation is licensed for use. 1.2 “Documentation” means product and software documentation that specifies technical and performance features and capabilities, and the user, operation and training manuals for the Software (including all physical or electronic media upon which such information is provided). 1.3 “Open Source Software” means software with either freely obtainable source code, license for modification, or permission for free distribution. 1.4 “Open Source Software License” means the terms or conditions under which the Open Source Software is licensed. 1.5 “Primary Agreement” means the Addendum to which this exhibit is attached. 1.6 “Security Vulnerability” means a flaw or weakness in system security procedures, design, implementation, or internal controls that could be exercised (accidentally triggered or intentionally exploited) and result in a security breach such that data is compromised, manipulated or stolen or the system damaged. 1.7 “Software” (i) means proprietary software in object code format, and adaptations, translations, de- compilations, disassemblies, emulations, or derivative works of such software; (ii) means any modifications, enhancements, new versions and new releases of the software provided by Motorola; and (iii) may contain one or more items of software owned by a third party supplier. The term "Software" does not include any third party software provided under separate license or third party software not licensable under the terms of this Agreement. Section 2 SCOPE Motorola and Licensee enter into this Agreement in connection with Motorola's delivery of certain proprietary software or products containing embedded or pre-loaded proprietary software, or both. This Agreement contains the terms and conditions of the license Motorola is providing to Licensee, and Licensee’s use of the proprietary software and affiliated documentation. Section 3 GRANT OF LICENSE 3.1. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the payment of applicable license fees, Motorola grants to Licensee a personal, limited, non-transferable (except as permitted in Section 7) and non- exclusive license under Motorola’s copyrights and Confidential Information (as defined in the Primary Agreement) embodied in the Software to use the Software, in object code form, and the Documentation solely in connection with Licensee's use of the Designated Products. This Agreement does not grant any rights to source code. 3.2. If the Software licensed under this Agreement contains or is derived from Open Source Software, the terms and conditions governing the use of such Open Source Software are in the Open Source Software Licenses of the copyright owner and not this Agreement. If there is a conflict between the terms Attachment number 1 \nPage 28 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 29 and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Open Source Software Licenses governing Licensee’s use of the Open Source Software, the terms and conditions of the license grant of the applicable Open Source Software Licenses will take precedence over the license grants in this Agreement. If requested by Licensee, Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) determine whether any Open Source Software is provided under this Agreement; and (ii) identify the Open Source Software (or specify where that license may be found). Section 4 LIMITATIONS ON USE 4.1. Licensee may use the Software only for Licensee's internal business purposes and only in accordance with the Documentation. Any other use of the Software is strictly prohibited. Without limiting the general nature of these restrictions, Licensee will not make the Software available for use by third parties on a "time sharing," "application service provider," or "service bureau" basis or for any other similar commercial rental or sharing arrangement. 4.2. Licensee will not, and will not allow or enable any third party to: (i) reverse engineer, disassemble, peel components, decompile, reprogram or otherwise reduce the Software or any portion to a human perceptible form or otherwise attempt to recreate the source code; (ii) modify, adapt, create derivative works of, or merge the Software; (iii) copy, reproduce, distribute, lend, or lease the Software or Documentation to any third party, grant any sublicense or other rights in the Software or Documentation to any third party, or take any action that would cause the Software or Documentation to be placed in the public domain; (iv) remove, or in any way alter or obscure, any copyright notice or other notice of Motorola's proprietary rights; (v) provide, copy, transmit, disclose, divulge or make the Software or Documentation available to, or permit the use of the Software by any third party or on any machine except as expressly authorized by this Agreement; or (vi) use, or permit the use of, the Software in a manner that would result in the production of a copy of the Software solely by activating a machine containing the Software. Licensee may make one copy of Software to be used solely for archival, back- up, or disaster recovery purposes; provided that Licensee may not operate that copy of the Software at the same time as the original Software is being operated. Licensee may make as many copies of the Documentation as it may reasonably require for the internal use of the Software. 4.3. Unless otherwise authorized by Motorola in writing, Licensee will not, and will not enable or allow any third party to: (i) install a licensed copy of the Software on more than one unit of a Designated Product; or (ii) copy onto or transfer Software installed in one unit of a Designated Product onto one other device. Licensee may temporarily transfer Software installed on a Designated Product to another device if the Designated Product is inoperable or malfunctioning, if Licensee provides written notice to Motorola of the temporary transfer and identifies the device on which the Software is transferred. Temporary transfer of the Software to another device must be discontinued when the original Designated Product is returned to operation and the Software must be removed from the other device. Licensee must provide prompt written notice to Motorola at the time temporary transfer is discontinued. 4.4 Licensee will maintain, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two years thereafter, accurate records relating to this license grant to verify compliance with this Agreement. Motorola or an independent third party (“Auditor”) may inspect Licensee’s premises, books and records, upon reasonable prior notice to Licensee, during Licensee’s normal business hours and subject to Licensee's facility and security regulations. Motorola is responsible for the payment of all expenses and costs of the Auditor. Any information obtained by Motorola and the Auditor will be kept in strict confidence by Motorola and the Auditor and used solely for the purpose of verifying Licensee's compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Attachment number 1 \nPage 29 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 30 Section 5 OWNERSHIP AND TITLE Motorola, its licensors, and its suppliers retain all of their proprietary rights in any form in and to the Software and Documentation, including, but not limited to, all rights in patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, trade names, and other proprietary rights in or relating to the Software and Documentation (including any corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates, modifications, adaptations, translations, de-compilations, disassemblies, emulations to or derivative works from the Software or Documentation, whether made by Motorola or another party, or any improvements that result from Motorola’s processes or, provision of information services). No rights are granted to Licensee under this Agreement by implication, estoppel or otherwise, except for those rights which are expressly granted to Licensee in this Agreement. All intellectual property developed, originated, or prepared by Motorola in connection with providing the Software, Designated Products, Documentation or related services, remains vested exclusively in Motorola, and Licensee will not have any shared development or other intellectual property rights. Section 6 LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY 6.1. Unless otherwise stated in the Primary Agreement, the commencement date and the term of the Software warranty will be a period of ninety (90) days from Motorola's shipment of the Software (the "Warranty Period"). If Licensee is not in breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement, Motorola warrants that the unmodified Software, when used properly and in accordance with the Documentation and this Agreement, will be free from a reproducible defect that eliminates the functionality or successful operation of a feature critical to the primary functionality or successful operation of the Software. Whether a defect occurs will be determined by Motorola solely with reference to the Documentation. Motorola does not warrant that Licensee’s use of the Software or the Designated Products will be uninterrupted, error-free, completely free of Security Vulnerabilities, or that the Software or the Designated Products will meet Licensee’s particular requirements. Motorola makes no representations or warranties with respect to any third party software included in the Software. Notwithstanding, any warranty provided by a copyright owner in its standard license terms will flow through to Licensee for third party software provided by Motorola. 6.2 Motorola’s sole obligation to Licensee and Licensee’s exclusive remedy under this warranty is to use reasonable efforts to remedy any material Software defect covered by this warranty. These efforts will involve either replacing the media or attempting to correct significant, demonstrable program or documentation errors or Security Vulnerabilities. If Motorola cannot correct the defect within a reasonable time, then at Motorola’s option, Motorola will replace the defective Software with functionally-equivalent Software, license to Licensee substitute Software which will accomplish the same objective, or terminate the license and refund the Licensee’s paid license fee. 6.3. Warranty claims are described in the Primary Agreement. 6.4. The express warranties set forth in this Section 6 are in lieu of, and Motorola disclaims, any and all other warranties (express or implied, oral or written) with respect to the Software or Documentation, including, without limitation, any and all implied warranties of condition, title, non-infringement, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose or use by Licensee (whether or not Motorola knows, has reason to know, has been advised, or is otherwise aware of any such purpose or use), whether arising by law, by reason of custom or usage of trade, or by course of dealing. In addition, Motorola disclaims any warranty to any person other than Licensee with respect to the Software or Documentation. Section 7 TRANSFERS Licensee will not transfer the Software or Documentation to any third party without Motorola's prior written consent. Motorola’s consent may be withheld at its discretion and may be conditioned upon transferee paying all applicable license fees and agreeing to be bound by this Agreement. If the Designated Products are Motorola's radio products and Licensee transfers ownership of the Motorola radio products to a third party, Licensee may assign its right to use the Software (other than CPS and Motorola's Attachment number 1 \nPage 30 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 31 FLASHport® software) which is embedded in or furnished for use with the radio products and the related Documentation; provided that Licensee transfers all copies of the Software and Documentation to the transferee, and Licensee and the transferee sign a transfer form to be provided by Motorola upon request, obligating the transferee to be bound by this Agreement. Section 8 TERM AND TERMINATION 8.1 Licensee’s right to use the Software and Documentation will begin when the Primary Agreement is signed by both parties and will continue for the life of the Designated Products with which or for which the Software and Documentation have been provided by Motorola, unless Licensee breaches this Agreement, in which case this Agreement and Licensee's right to use the Software and Documentation may be terminated immediately upon notice by Motorola. 8.2 Within thirty (30) days after termination of this Agreement, Licensee must certify in writing to Motorola that all copies of the Software have been removed or deleted from the Designated Products and that all copies of the Software and Documentation have been returned to Motorola or destroyed by Licensee and are no longer in use by Licensee. 8.3 Licensee acknowledges that Motorola made a considerable investment of resources in the development, marketing, and distribution of the Software and Documentation and that Licensee's breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be inadequate. If Licensee breaches this Agreement, Motorola may terminate this Agreement and be entitled to all available remedies at law or in equity (including immediate injunctive relief and repossession of all non-embedded Software and associated Documentation unless Licensee is a Federal agency of the United States Government). Section 9 COMMERCIAL COMPUTER SOFTWARE 9.1 This Section 9 only applies to U.S. Government end users. The Software, Documentation and updates are commercial items as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. Part 2.101, consisting of “commercial computer software” and “computer software documentation” as such terms are defined in 48 C.F.R. Part 252.227-7014(a)(1) and 48 C.F.R. Part 252.227-7014(a)(5), and used in 48 C.F.R. Part 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. Part 227.7202, as applicable. Consistent with 48 C.F.R. Part 12.212, 48 C.F.R. Part 252.227- 7015, 48 C.F.R. Part 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, 48 C.F.R. Part 52.227-19, and other relevant sections of the Code of Federal Regulations, as applicable, the Software, Documentation and Updates are distributed and licensed to U.S. Government end users: (i) only as commercial items, and (ii) with only those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions contained herein. 9.2 If Licensee is licensing Software for end use by the United States Government or a United States Government agency, Licensee may transfer such Software license, but only if: (i) Licensee transfers all copies of such Software and Documentation to such United States Government entity or interim transferee, and (ii) Licensee has first obtained from the transferee (if applicable) and ultimate end user an enforceable end user license agreement containing restrictions substantially identical to the ones contained in this Agreement. Except as stated in the foregoing, Licensee and any transferee(s) authorized by this subsection 9.2 may not otherwise use or transfer or make available any Motorola software to any third party nor permit any party to do so. Section 10 CONFIDENTIALITY Licensee acknowledges that the Software and Documentation contain Motorola’s valuable proprietary and Confidential Information and are Motorola’s trade secrets, and that the provisions in the Primary Agreement concerning Confidential Information apply. Section 11 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY The Limitation of Liability provision is described in the Equipment Sale Addendum. Section 13 GENERAL 13.1. COPYRIGHT NOTICES. The existence of a copyright notice on the Software will not be Attachment number 1 \nPage 31 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 32 construed as an admission or presumption of publication of the Software or public disclosure of any trade secrets associated with the Software. 13.2. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Licensee acknowledges that the Software is subject to the laws and regulations of the United States and Licensee will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including export laws and regulations of the United States. Licensee will not, without the prior authorization of Motorola and the appropriate governmental authority of the United States, in any form export or re-export, sell or resell, ship or reship, or divert, through direct or indirect means, any item or technical data or direct or indirect products sold or otherwise furnished to any person within any territory for which the United States Government or any of its agencies at the time of the action, requires an export license or other governmental approval. Violation of this provision is a material breach of this Agreement. 13.3. ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBCONTRACTING. Motorola may assign its rights or subcontract its obligations under this Agreement, or encumber or sell its rights in any Software, without prior notice to or consent of Licensee. 13.4. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the United States to the extent that they apply and otherwise by the internal substantive laws of the State of Georgia. The terms of the U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods do not apply. In the event that the Uniform Computer Information Transaction Act, any version of this Act, or a substantially similar law (collectively "UCITA") becomes applicable to a party's performance under this Agreement, UCITA does not govern any aspect of this Agreement or any license granted under this Agreement, or any of the parties' rights or obligations under this Agreement. The governing law will be that in effect prior to the applicability of UCITA. 13.5. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is entered into solely for the benefit of Motorola and Licensee. No third party has the right to make any claim or assert any right under this Agreement, and no third party is deemed a beneficiary of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any licensor or supplier of third party software included in the Software will be a direct and intended third party beneficiary of this Agreement. 13.6. SURVIVAL. Sections 4, 5, 6.4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 13 survive the termination of this Agreement. 13.7. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE. In the event of inconsistencies between this Exhibit and the Primary Agreement, the Parties agree that this Exhibit prevails, only with respect to the specific subject matter of this Exhibit, and not the Primary Agreement or any other exhibit as it applies to any other subject matter. However, any inconsistencies between this Exhibit and Motorola’s Proposal to RFP 18- 231, with regard to the specific subject matter, the Parties agree that Motorola’s Proposal to RFP 18-231 shall prevail. 13.8 SECURITY. Motorola uses reasonable means in the design and writing of its own Software and the acquisition of third party Software to limit Security Vulnerabilities. While no software can be guaranteed to be free from Security Vulnerabilities, if a Security Vulnerability is discovered, Motorola will take the steps set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement. The Parties hereby enter into this Addendum as of the Effective Date. Motorola Solutions, Inc. Augusta, Georgia By: ______________________________ By: ______________________________ Name: ___________________________ Name: Hardie Davis, Jr. Title: ____________________________ Title: Mayor of Augusta, Georgia Attachment number 1 \nPage 32 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 33 Date: ____________________________ Date: _____________________________ Notary: ___________________________ Attest: ___________________________ Lena J. Bonner, Clerk of Commission Attachment number 1 \nPage 33 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.11.8.2018 34 EXHIBIT III MOTOROLA’S PROPOSAL TO RFP 18-231 Attachment number 1 \nPage 34 of 120 Item # 7 The design, technical, pricing, and other information (“Information”) furnished with this submission is proprietary and/or trade secret information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola Solutions”) and is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used for evaluation purposes only. To the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, the Information is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the Information without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2016 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. AUGUSTA, GEORGIA INTERVIEW ROOM RECORDING & DIGITAL EVIDENCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM JULY 17, 2018 Attachment number 1 \nPage 35 of 120 Item # 7 Attachment number 1 \nPage 36 of 120 Item # 7 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The Motorola Solutions Interview Room Recording Management System is a complete digital interview recording and CommandCentral Vault Cloud Based storage solution, which preserves, stores and manages potential evidence obtained during the interview process. By digitally equipping interview rooms and fully automating the process of acquiring and managing the audio and video evidence, investigators can worry less with operating an Interview Recording system and focus more on solving cases and convicting criminals. Equipping your agency with a high quality, end–to-end interview room recording solution is critical in protecting you and your detectives from claims of misconduct, coercion, or abuse during interviews and provides jury members the ability to see exactly how the suspect responded during the interview process. Motorola Solutions’ Interview Room Management System offers the following benefits: o Capture High Definition video and audio recordings of police interviews o Visually lossless video recording o Authenticated video to protect against tampering o Store and manage all digital evidence on CJIS Compliant Cloud backend o Share evidence easily with Intra Agency and Judicial Partners o Automatic correlation with Augusta’s Tyler New World CAD o Chain of custody with cloud storage that meets CJIS standards o Ingest multimedia files from any digital capture devices o Customizable retention policies based on incident type, capture date and/or case association based on agency policies o Integrated with CommandCentral Suite of Applications for data analytics and predictive applications Motorola Solutions values our longstanding partnership with Augusta, Georgia. We are fully committed to ensuring that the County’s vision for a successful Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System project is not only met but exceeded. The City of Augusta, on behalf of the Richmond County Sheriff’s Office (RCSO), is seeking to replace their existing Law Enforcement Interview Room Recording System and implement a cloud based long-term digital evidence management system. The proposed Interview Room Recording Solution and Digital Evidence Management System provided for Augusta will meet or exceed all of their current system’s capabilities today and provide the ability to store, manage, retrieve and share interview room recording evidence and other electronic media to entities around the City. Additionally, the solution provided for Augusta, Georgia will meet the following objectives: o Provide superior functionality o Enable affordable recording, storage and management capabilities o Provide training on using the Interview Room Recording Solution and the associate CommandCentral Vault Digital Evidence Management Cloud backend for all users. Richmond County, GA is one of the original counties of Georgia, created February 5, 1777. It has a population of 201,418 people making it the 9th most populated county in Georgia. The Richmond County Sheriff’s Office is composed of roughly 750 sworn officers and over 100 civilians. It is the largest full-service Sheriff's Office in Georgia. Covering 328 square miles, three municipalities and a busy interstate highway, the Sheriff's Office works with other law enforcement agencies to protect the lives and property of each resident. The Sheriff's Office is made up of nine divisions and numerous specialized teams commanded by dedicated and highly-skilled personnel with years of experience in law enforcement. The CID is responsible for investigating all detailed crimes and major cases such as Homicide, Rapes, Robberies, Burglaries, and other crime trend incidents. CID personnel also conduct crime scene processing, photography, and forensic evidence gathering and handling. Duties of the investigators in this division include the apprehension of offenders, recovery of stolen property, preparation of cases for court prosecutions, out of state extraditions and the presentation of evidence in high level court cases. There are 85 Investigators assigned to CID. Over 200 interviews are conducted each month with an average recording of approximately one hour for each interview. The Interview Room Recording Solution provided to Augusta will be implemented in (6) interview rooms, (3) holding cells and (3) additional new interview rooms. The system will support a backend internet protocol based, externally hosted retrieval system in Command Central Vault that will be available to multiple users. Attachment number 1 \nPage 37 of 120 Item # 7 YOUR LOCAL, EXPERIENCED PARTNER Motorola Solutions has been providing mission critical communications to the first responders of Augusta for nearly 30 years. Because of our long history with the City and our focus on Public Safety, we have gained local experience and an insider’s perspective of Augusta’s current communications and response system needs that no other vendor can match. The result is the capability to provide a full, end-to-end approach to design, deployment, and integration to Augusta with a best value, integrated solution. Motorola Solutions employs the largest global network of system engineers, technologists, specialists, and project managers—over a thousand professionals—focused on the design, deployment, servicing and managing of mission and business critical systems around the world. Our team of project managers, engineers, and service personnel will be Augusta’s partner for the entire life of the system, from planning and designing the system to deploying and integrating the network as quickly, efficiently and cost-effectively as possible. Motorola Solutions has identified tenured project resources to support Augusta. Our dedicated project resources will also work in parallel with our Account Manager, Howell Herron. Each member of our team possesses the specialized skills and knowledge to provide and implement a solution to meet or exceed the vision of Augusta. INTERVIEW ROOM RECORDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Motorola Solutions Interview Room Recording Management System combines the power of our software that manages audio and video recording with our CommandCentral Vault, providing the best-in-class interview room recording solution in the market today. Our CommandCentral Vault is more than just storage; it is a true end–to–end content management system, that allows for the ingestion of external non–proprietary digital files including but not limited to: digital documents, surveillance video and audio, interrogation video and audio, radio system audio, crime scene pictures, files from a storage device, and other sourced video that may be gathered from external video and digital cameras. Included are the CommandCentral Store, Manage, and Judicial modules for all content management needs. The City is also kept up to date on the latest technology with ongoing updates via CommandCentral Vault. Augusta’s Package Offers: Interview Camera Solution utilizing existing customer network includes the following components: o Interview Room Cameras o Microphones o Keypads to Start/Stop audio and video recording o HD Network Video Recorder (NVR) o Video Storage Application o Power over Ethernet (PoE) Switch CommandCentral Vault Digital Evidence Management Cloud Storage o Based on an analysis of your usage needs, we have estimated that you will need about 21.3TB of data per year and have quoted this in the proposal accordingly. o Store and manage all digital evidence o Built-in Redaction of all video content o Share evidence easily with Intra Agency and Judicial Partners o Automatic correlation with Augusta’s Tyler New World CAD o Chain of custody with cloud storage that meets CJIS standards o Ingest multimedia files from any digital capture devices o Customizable retention policies based on incident type, capture date and/or case association based on policies o Integrated with CommandCentral Suite of Applications for data analytics and predictive applications STANDING OUT FROM THE COMPETITION Motorola Solutions Experience: 90+ years of communications system experience. Integrator of thousands of large communications systems. More mission critical radio systems deployed than all other vendors combined. Successful manager of hundreds of large networks. Proven track record of site management with emphasis on environmental sensitivity. Attachment number 1 \nPage 38 of 120 Item # 7 Our software is easy-to-use, open, and powerful video management software that optimizes the way security professionals manage and interact with high-definition video. It efficiently captures and stores high-definition video and audio, while intelligently managing bandwidth and storage using our patented High Definition Stream Management (HDSM)™ technology. When deployed with our cameras across a site, the software combines an intuitive interface with advanced search functions called Appearance Search™ video analytics technology and Unusual Motion Detection (UMD). Appearance Search technology and UMD are sophisticated deep learning artificial intelligence (AI) search engines that enable users to quickly locate a specific person or vehicle of interest or identify motion anomalies across an entire site. Our end-to-end solution was purpose-built with ease-of-use for operators and investigators and simplified system administration in mind. As software updates are released they can be downloaded and pushed out to the NVRs from the Client software application. This in turn pushes out the firmware updates to all of our connected cameras and devices and any additional client workstations drastically reducing the amount of time required for system administration. Our cameras are proudly made at our state-of-the-art manufacturing facility in Plano, Texas. This enables us to use America’s qualified, educated and experienced workforce helps further our success. We focused on quality control from our automated circuit- board assembly to network video recorder configuration, and we do it locally, allowing us greater control over production quality. Manufacturing in Texas provides us with greater efficiency allowing us to accelerate the speed at which we go from innovation, to prototyping, to a final product and delivery. We have no recurring annual software maintenance fees, provides complimentary in-person and online training, and complimentary remote software support for our customers. CommandCentral Vault CommandCentral Vault is a cloud-based content management solution to securely store, review, manage, and share all forms of digital evidence. It provides a single place to aggregate evidence from multiple sources such as fixed video, social media, body worn cameras, audio notes, 911 call taking and other multimedia sources. Supporting both automatic and manual uploads combined with end-to-end streamlined content management enables agencies to simplify workflows and the overhead of dealing with increasing amounts of content. SIMPLIFIED STORAGE: Multimedia stored in CommandCentral Vault can be automatically tagged and grouped with associated events from Motorola Solutions PremierOne or Spillman Flex CAD and further associated to a record ID or case within your RM system. This will Attachment number 1 \nPage 39 of 120 Item # 7 dramatically reduce manual administrative workload from the staff as compared to other systems where you would have to enter in this information manually. CJIS SECURITY: CommandCentral Vault utilizes Amazon Web Services (AWS) as our cloud service provider partner. AWS complies with the FBI’s Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) standard. The CommandCentral Vault content repository is built on Adobe AEM which has received Federal Risk and Authorization Management Program (FedRAMP) Certification. FedRAMP is a government-wide program that provides a standardized approach to security assessment, authorization, and continuous monitoring for cloud products and services. FedRAMP is mandatory for Federal Agency cloud deployments and service models at the low and moderate risk impact levels. Numerous government agencies and other entities that provide systems integration and other products and services to governmental agencies are using this same wide-range of AWS FedRAMP services that are incorporated into our CommandCentral Vault evidence manager. Motorola Solutions recognizes that when Augusta places data in the cloud it puts an absolute priority on timely and secure access to information, wherever and whenever it is needed. To meet these needs, the CommandCentral Vault cloud infrastructure has been designed to be one of the most flexible and secure cloud computing environments available for storing criminal justice information, aAllowing easy and secure access from within City IT infrastructure. Our architecture provides an extremely scalable, highly reliable platform enabling you to deploy CommandCentral Vault quickly and securely in support of a wide variety of security and regulatory requirements, to include CJIS workflows according to the CJIS Security Policy (CJISD-ITS-DOC-08140-5.4). Motorola Solutions complies with the FBI’s CJIS standard. Motorola Solutions along with our partner AWS, will sign the CJIS security agreements (CJISD-ITS-DOC-08140-5.4), including allowing or performing any required employee background checks according to the CJIS Security Policy. We will continually support any changes to The Security Addendum requirements as we assume there may be future security requirement changes. COMMANDCENTRAL VAULT KEY FEATURES CJIS-capable via AWS GovCloud. Automated redaction, eliminating tedious frame-by- frame process. Dynamic watermarking to prevent unauthorized screen capturing and sharing. Secure chain of custody with cryptographically signed content, preventing manipulation. Role-based access. Advanced end-to-end content management: capture, review, manage, and share. Agency-wide content search for permitted users. Annotate images and video to provide additional context during review. Enhanced review functionality with playback speed controls. Automated redaction based on object recognition. Automatic association of stored content with CAD/RMS data to group related case files and provide faster search for case related content. Review content and associated metadata with geospatial mapping playback. Chain of custody controls to preserve and verify original content. Mark content to adhere to retention policies. GPS Visualization of all evidence as video is played back and reviewed, second by second. Command Central Vault has simple language query that can reference any data field or a combination of fields. All content uploaded has META data attached to it which enables filter/search/sort/groupings in a hierarchical way that is fit for the needs of the particular user. As this data is sensitive granular audit logs provide traceability to all actions taken on the content including but not limited to view, share, download, , creating clips, adding annotations, adding metadata tags etc. SIMPLE SHARING CommandCentral Vault–Judicial Module With the Judicial module, Augusta can rapidly share evidence and other content with legal personnel reducing administrative overhead and delays. With the Judicial module, your agency is provided all the capabilities of the Store and Manage modules, including: Creating video clips to provide specific evidence related to a judicial request. Restricted distribution to ensure only permitted individual have access to necessary content. Secure links to requested content to maintain chain of custody. Example of GPS visualization of evidence during playback Attachment number 1 \nPage 40 of 120 Item # 7 REDACTION CommandCentral Vault supports an automated redaction capability to facilitate the processing of digital evidence prior to release pursuant to a public information request. Utilizing “object tracking” technology, a FOIA/FOIL compliance officer can easily obscure the identity of juveniles, domestic battery and sexual battery or undercover police officers that are included in the initial evidence capture. CommandCentral Vault ensures end-to-end security of stored content, and original content is never edited to reduce challenges to the chain of custody. Full auditing allows your agency to track all activity on content from the moment it’s stored and classified. SIX KEY FUNCTIONS OF OUR COMMANDCENTRAL VAULT OFFER END-TO-END CONTENT MANAGEMENT Powerful, simple workflows to capture, store, manage, and share. END-TO-END SECURITY Digitally signed content ensures cryptographically secure verification of authenticity with storage that meets CJIS standards. AUTOMATED REDACTION Eliminate tedious frame-by-frame redacting. Select object/person and process across entire video. AUTO-CORRELATE METADATA Link to CAD and RMS data minimizing administrative overhead. CHAIN OF CUSTODY Prevent tampering and editing. Track all activity with full auditing capability. EVIDENCE SHARING Simplify and reduce time to fulfill requests with customizable, easy-to-understand forms and workflows. LONG-TERM LOCAL SUPPORT, UNMATCHED IMPLEMENTATION AND EXPERIENCE This unique project management and support offering continues the successful partnership based on professionalism and mutually developed trust between the Augusta, Motorola Solutions, and our local Field Service Organization (FSO). The City’s ultimate benefit as a result of our partnership and combined experience is “Assured Project Success.” BUILDING ON OUR PARTNERSHIP As the City’s P25 radio system communications provider, Motorola Solutions has gained local experience and an insider’s perspective of Augusta’s current communications and response system needs that no other vendor can match. The result is the capability to provide a full, end-to-end approach to design, deployment, and integration at the very best value. ENHANCING YOUR EXISTING LOCAL SUPPORT Motorola Solutions has unmatched expertise and local resources to design, deploy and support a new law enforcement Interview Room Recording and Digital Evidence Management solution. The partnership created nearly thirty years ago between Augusta and Motorola Solutions has resulted in a highly reliable and locally supported public safety-grade radio system that has served Augusta and its residents well. This offer includes a continuation and enhancement of that relationship in the project management and on-site, ongoing support of the Interview Room Recording and Digital Evidence Management solution. YOUR TRUSTED PARTNER Motorola Solutions values our long-term partnership with Augusta. We share your vision for a high performance Interview Room Recording solution that incorporates a very robust CommandCentral Vault Cloud based Digital Evidence Management backend at the best value and realize this investment is a significant step in that direction. Motorola Solutions has been the industry leader in mission-critical public safety communications for over 90 years and continues to innovate new public safety solutions. We have invested our resources and mission-critical knowledge into our Interview Room Recording Management System, a comprehensive end-to-end solution that seamlessly incorporates voice, video, and back-end software content management. We are committed to ensuring that this solution has the same mission-critical reliability as our premier APX radio platform. Motorola Solutions’ Interview Room Recording and CommandCentral Vault solution are an extension of the Augusta P25 radio system, and will have the same support and reliability. Your goal of protecting and serving your citizens is our goal as well – our corporate family includes 16,787 employees who share your dedication to community safety.We are looking forward to delivering a state- of-the-art law enforcement Interview Room Recording solution that will bring Augusta’s vision to fruition— working together to serve and protect your citizens in the moments that matter. Attachment number 1 \nPage 41 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Table of Contents i TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 1 Firm Information .............................................................................................................................. 1-1 Section 2 Technology ..................................................................................................................................... 2-1 Section 3 Customization ................................................................................................................................. 3-1 Section 4 Methodology ................................................................................................................................... 4-1 Section 5 Software and System Requirements ............................................................................................... 5-1 Section 6 Customer References ..................................................................................................................... 6-1 Section 7 Contractual Documentation ............................................................................................................. 7-1 7.1 Contractual Documentation ............................................................................................. 7-1 Section 8 Product Literature ........................................................................................................................... 8-1 8.1 Product Literature ............................................................................................................ 8-1 Section 9 Appendices ..................................................................................................................................... 9-1 9.1 Service Level Agreement ................................................................................................. 9-1 9.2 Training ........................................................................................................................... 9-2 9.2.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................... 9-2 9.2.2 Training Approach ....................................................................................................... 9-2 9.2.3 Proposed Courses ....................................................................................................... 9-2 9.3 Professional Services ...................................................................................................... 9-4 9.3.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................... 9-4 9.3.2 Services Approach ....................................................................................................... 9-4 9.4 Aware/Inform ................................................................................................................... 9-5 9.4.1 ILPS Solution Products Description ............................................................................. 9-6 9.4.1.1 CommandCentral Aware ...................................................................................... 9-6 9.4.1.2 CommandCentral Inform ...................................................................................... 9-7 9.4.2 Network Connectivity ................................................................................................... 9-8 Attachment number 1 \nPage 42 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Firm Information 1-1 SECTION 1 FIRM INFORMATION A. Firm name, address, and telephone number. MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSE Motorola Solutions, Inc. Address: 500 W Monroe St, Chicago, IL 60661 Phone: (888) 325-9336 B. Former firm names, if applicable. MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSE Galvin Manufacturing Corporation was incorporated on September 25, 1928 in Illinois. Its name was changed to Motorola, Inc. on May 15, 1947. On May 18, 1973 it was merged into its wholly owned subsidiary, Motorola Delaware, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with the latter corporation being the surviving corporation. The name of Motorola Delaware, Inc. was changed to Motorola, Inc. on May 18, 1973. On January 4, 2011, Motorola, Inc. was separated into two independent, publicly traded companies. The public safety solutions business became known as Motorola Solutions, Inc. C. Joint venture partner information and subcontractors to be used by the firm. MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSE Motorola Solutions will leverage partners to do the following installs including amplifier for the microphones, key switches to trigger the manual recording, and indicator lights. D. Any lawsuits involving the firm’s work on similar projects in the last five years. MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSE Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola”) is a Fortune 500 company with billions of dollars in annual sales globally, employing thousands of workers worldwide and having more than one hundred thousand (100,000) shareholders. As is normal for such companies, Motorola and its subsidiaries have been a party to many civil lawsuits. These suits have made many different legal and factual claims and have put forward many alleged legal theories seeking damages or other legal relief against Motorola. Motorola does not maintain a detailed history of such cases or their outcomes, nor does it maintain a listing of all allegations made therein, and therefore cannot provide the same. As a publicly traded company, however, Motorola files an annual report Form 10-K with the SEC and describes therein certain litigation that is material for disclosure under SEC rules. Please see SEC filings. See Item 3, Legal Proceedings, https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/68505/000006850517000002/msi201610-k.htm. Attachment number 1 \nPage 43 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 1-2 Firm Information Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted E. Number of permanent employees. MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSE As of today, Motorola Solutions has 16,787 employees. F. Number of employees dedicated to handling programming, development, and customization tasks. MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSE Motorola Solutions has a Services organization of over 1,000 people who handle these activities. This project will have dedicated resources to support it. We have a team of about 35 people who are experts in Digital Evidence Management Solution included in this number. G. Number of employees dedicated to handle technical support calls. MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSE Motorola Solutions has a System Support Center with hundreds of employees dedicated to answering customer calls. We have a team of ten people who are experts in Digital Evidence Management Solution included in this number. Attachment number 1 \nPage 44 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Technology 2-1 SECTION 2 TECHNOLOGY A. What server operating systems and databases are available for use with the firm’s system? MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSE Each proposed hardware has a different operating system. Please see our response in Section 8 Product Literature for the details and specifications for each component proposed. B. What are the configuration requirements for all servers proposed (application/database/web)? MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSE The proposed HD-Network Video Recorder (NVR) and Edge Appliances are DHCP along with the camera and auto discover each other. If static IP's are to be used, a Camera Configuration Tool (CCT) enables Augusta to batch configure the cameras. C. If hosting off premises who is the cloud hosting vendor? Is the firm CJIS compliant? MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSE As a part of the long term evidence storage to this response, Motorola proposes offloading evidence captured from our Interview Cameras to the CommandCentral Vault. Built on the foundation of Amazon Web Services, your data is entrusted to an industry leader in secure, cloud computing and data storage. AWS GovCloud (US) provides the critical first layer of defense with physical and infrastructure security and controls in place that meet or exceed industry compliance standards (such as the CJIS Security Policy) and best practices, while being managed by US persons on US soil. Network segmentation then separates the open Internet from data in the cloud and establishes zones to contain threats to resources and data. From there, core CommandCentral cloud architecture and containerization controls the flow of information, strictly prohibiting direct data access, while proactive 24x7 security monitoring detects and blocks attacks and intrusion attempts. Finally, personnel hiring policies and authentication procedures ensure the most qualified people and processes are maintaining a strict security posture for you. AWS GovCloud (US) is an isolated AWS Cloud Region designed for US government agencies to move workloads into the cloud by helping them meet regulatory and compliance requirements for information assurance. The AWS GovCloud (US) framework allows US government agencies and their contractors to meet Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) security requirements, comply with U.S. International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR), the Federal Risk and Authorization Management Program (FedRAMP) requirements and the Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA). Physical access to AWS data centers is strictly controlled both at the perimeter and at building ingress points by professional security staff utilizing video surveillance, intrusion detection systems and other electronic means. Authorized staff must pass two–factor authentication a minimum of two times to access data center floors. In the AWS GovCloud (US) itself, network devices, including firewalls and other boundary devices, are in place to monitor and control communications at the external boundary and at key internal boundaries of the network. These boundary devices employ rule sets, access control lists (ACL), and configurations to enforce the flow of information to specific information system services. Attachment number 1 \nPage 45 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 2-2 Technology Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted AWS has strategically placed a limited number of access points to the cloud to allow for a more comprehensive monitoring of inbound and outbound communications and network traffic. These customer access points are called API endpoints, and they allow secure HTTP access (HTTPS), to establish a secure communication session with your storage or computing instances within the AWS GovCloud (US). The sessions are designed to protect against eavesdropping, tampering, and message forgery. To support customers with FIPS cryptographic requirements, the endpoint where TLS transactions terminate in the AWS GovCloud (US) are FIPS 140–2–compliant. In addition, AWS has implemented network devices that are dedicated to managing interfacing communications with Internet Service Providers (ISPs). D. What is the minimum requirement for a client machine? MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSE The recommended specifications can be found in Section 8 Product Literature. E. Provide a diagram showing the relationship of all the recommended technology that the firm is providing for this project (application servers, database servers, web servers, other peripheral equipment, network connections required, etc.) MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSE The proposed solutions includes the following components: • Interview Camera Solution utilizing existing customer network consists of the following components: − Interview Room Cameras − HD Network Video Recorder − Video Storage Application − Power over Ethernet (PoE) Switch • CommandCentral Vault Digital Evidence Management Cloud Storage − Store and manage all digital evidence − Share evidence easily with Intra Agency and Judicial Partners − Automatic correlation with Augusta’s Tyler New World CAD − Chain of custody with cloud storage that meets CJIS standards − Ingest multimedia files from any digital capture devices − Customizable retention policies based on incident type, capture date and/or case association based on agency policies − Integrated with CommandCentral Suite of Applications for data analytics and predictive applications Attachment number 1 \nPage 46 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Technology 2-3 The high level diagram shows the proposed equipment and the data flow from capture, upload, correlation and sharing to users within the agency as well as judicial partners. Functionally, the Interview Camera Solution consists of an on-premisys storage device where all recordings will be stored. From there, Augusta can make the final determination of which recordings need to be saved for long term cloud storage in the CommandCentral Vault. Once the files are determined to be saved for a longer period of time, they can be uploaded to the Vault via “drag and drop”. Please see Section 4 response on details of uploading files to the CommandCentral Vault. Once files are uploaded to Vault, the files can be bulk tagged with Incident or Case Numbers as well as incident types for retention purposes. Motorola Solutions has proposed an auto correlation with Augusta’s Tyler New World CAD to pull CAD incident information into Vault for a seamless update. CommandCentral Vault Digital Evidence Management Cloud Storage Overview Isolated Cloud Platform The CommandCentral Vault is hosted by Amazon Web Services (AWS) in their Government Cloud. The AWS GovCloud (US) Region is an AWS Region designed to address the specific regulatory needs of United States government agencies. The AWS GovCloud (US) Region is physically located in the United States. Security Audits All physical access to data centers by AWS employees is logged and audited routinely. Periodically, AWS performs self–audits of changes to key services to monitor quality, maintain high standards, and facilitate continuous improvement of then change management process. Any exceptions are analyzed to determine the root cause, and appropriate actions are taken to bring the change into compliance or roll back the change if necessary. Actions are then taken to address and remediate the process or people issue. Edit/Redaction Capability CommandCentral Vault supports an automated redaction capability to facilitate the processing of digital evidence prior to release pursuant to a public information request. Utilizing facial and object tracking technology, Redaction Users can easily obscure the identity of juveniles, domestic battery and sexual battery or undercover police officers that are included in the initial evidence capture. This process minimizes the need for tedious frame–by–frame redaction. CommandCentral Vault ensures end–to–end security of stored content, and original content is never edited to reduce challenges to the chain of custody. Full auditing allows your agency to track all activity on content from the moment it’s stored and classified. Attachment number 1 \nPage 47 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 2-4 Technology Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Chain of Custody CommandCentral Vault ensures end–to–end security of stored content by cryptographically signing each captured file. The original content is never edited to reduce challenges to the chain of custody. Full auditing allows your agency to track all activity on content from the moment it’s stored and classified on CommandCentral Vault. Video Sharing Once content is uploaded to the CommandCentral Vault, users can easily share the content within the agency or municipality by tagging the name of the registered user within the agency or municipality. Audit Trails Audit logs provide traceability to all actions taken on the content including but not limited to view, share, download, creating clips, adding annotations, adding metadata tags, redaction, etc. Erase Protection All content is subject to the agency's or municipality’s evidence retention policies. Once content is marked for purged status, there is a recovery period where the content can be recovered. This recovery period is set by the agency or municipality. Once content is purged from the system, only the metadata and thumbnail is retained. Attachment number 1 \nPage 48 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Customization 3-1 SECTION 3 CUSTOMIZATION Our application is the main Video Management Interface and provides for a standard Interface. The physical screen appearance can be easily modified and view saved. This can be done for each users profile if desired. Other settings such as Rules and Alarms are covered in the provided Training and are performed at the Administrator Level. Reinforcement training can be scheduled. We do not charge for any current version update (Example ACC 6.8.X.X to ACC 6.10.X.X. The only fee would be between major release versions (Example: ACC 6 to ACC 7). Attachment number 1 \nPage 49 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Methodology 4-1 SECTION 4 METHODOLOGY Our CommandCentral Vault is more than just storage; it is a true end–to–end content management system, It allows for the ingestion of external non–proprietary digital files including but not limited to: digital documents, surveillance video and audio, interrogation video and audio, radio system audio, crime scene pictures, files from a storage device, and other sourced video that may be gathered from external video and digital cameras. Ingestion into CommandCentral Vault can be achieved by uploading digital content via the CommandCentral Vault web based user interface. Digital content can be easily dragged and dropped into the file uploader for bulk ingestion of files from local disks or network drives into CommandCentral Vault. Automated ingestion of evidence can be configured and established for regular ingestion of evidence from the Interview Camera Solution to provide Augusta with a long term Digital Evidence Management System for critical evidence. Using drag and drop or browse functionality, single or multiple files can be manually uploaded. Files are automatically scanned for malware & viruses–protecting your agency. Metadata is recognized in file to automatically organize it i.e. time/date and location information. Administrators can view a history of uploaded content and apply separate permissions for externally uploaded files vs. the Motorola Solutions Si Series Camera files. To manage your file content, metadata tags can be applied in bulk to uploaded files. Once applied, they function in the same way as they would with a file already tagged from a Motorola Solutions Si Series Camera i.e. Tag–Based Retention. Any file type can be uploaded to CommandCentral Vault. Specific file types can be rendered natively and redacted include: H.264 and MP3 in MP4, H.264 and AAC in MP4, JPEG, GIF, BMP, PNG, AAC. Files that cannot be rendered by CommandCentral Vault natively, will still be available for download. Motorola Solutions will continue to develop capabilities to playback or display different file types with the exception of video files with proprietary video codecs. Support for additional file types will be added in future releases. With User File Upload, CommandCentral Vault users will have the ability to upload files and set tags with the following features: • Upload Files: − Drag & drop or browse to select files. − Select multiple files for bulk upload. − View history of uploaded files. − Automatic metadata extraction from native file metadata. • Set Tags: − Bulk apply tags to uploaded files. − Tags allow files to be organized into folders. − Tags can be configured and customized to meet agency needs. Attachment number 1 \nPage 50 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Software and System Requirements 5-1 SECTION 5 SOFTWARE AND SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 1. Augusta Software Technology Contract Requirements ID Requirements Response IT-1 Entirety of Agreement IT-1-1 All documents, scopes of work, costs, and activities related to the project are expected to be included as part of the contract signed between Augusta and the chosen vendor. Change Order Management will be explicitly covered under the contract provisions in order to protect Augusta from unexpected costs and to protect the vendor from post-contract additions/ requests from Augusta, but as a general rule it is expected that Augusta will have no additional expenses other than what is spelled out in the final contract. Y IT-2 Database features for Archiving, Restore, and Data Integrity IT-2-1 It must be possible to restore a historical backup of the database and do a forward recovery. Y - The Interview Room Camera Solution is a Windows base system and follows Standard Microsoft Backup and restore capabilities. You are also able to do a backup from the control center application. IT-2-2 Editing controls should be in place to protect data integrity by ensuring that incomplete or incorrect data cannot be entered or processed and that digital evidence cannot be processed in the wrong sequence. Y - This would follow the permissions or rights to access the system at various level. IT-2-3 System should able to archive and purge selected information in order to remove historical records that are not required to be retained permanently. Provides the ability to archive/purge based on date range and/or facility. Y - Interview room recordings are stored in a First-In / First Out manner. Critical events used for evidence is exported and stored in CommandCentral Vault. Attachment number 1 \nPage 51 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 5-2 Software and System Requirements Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted ID Requirements Response IT-2-4 Describe how your system will maintain digital evidence for long-term storage. Y - Once recordings are determined to be evidence by Augusta and require long term storage, files would be uploaded to the CommandCentral Vault where a retention plan can be set for the uploaded files. All multimedia files will be retained in the system for the customer specified minimum retention period or longer. The default global retention period is 30 days. If you increase the retention period, all tag values with a retention period that is less the new minimum are automatically increased. Tag Management is used to define the metadata for the videos and images Details. Tag Management is also used to set specific retention policies based on that Tag identifier. All multimedia files with that specific Tag identifier will be retained in the system for the customer specified retention period for that specific Tag. IT-3 System Security IT-3-1 The system must include security that logs all database transactions, recording user, date and time. Y - We use Microsoft Windows which records all login transaction. IT-3-2 Access to the system must be protected by unique user identification codes and passwords. Y - The Interview room camera solution follows an Active Directory (AD) model, whereas Users and Users Groups can be created. This allows the end-user to define the various access level to the system. Our Control Center also integrates to AD. IT-3-3 Software must allow assignment of access privileges by user for each system module. Y - See Response IT-3-2. IT-3-4 The proposed software allows the System Administrator to create user “profiles” that allow granting security rights to various functions of the system. Each user can also be given read/write or read-only access to the function, where applicable. Each user can be attached to a specific profile, which gives them all of the rights of the particular group. They can also change the specific rights for any individual user. Y - See Response IT-3-2. IT-3-5 Software offers security feature to grant/deny access to individual records for each user. Y - This falls under the User groups and permissions. IT-3-6 The software provides the ability to set up a user with inquiry-only access. Y - As stated in the about user groups and permission. IT-3-7 Software should not require users to have administrative rights to their PC in order to run the program or execute most functions. Y - The ACC Client, will allow access to the video based on the defined permissions granted to the individual user. Attachment number 1 \nPage 52 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Software and System Requirements 5-3 ID Requirements Response IT-4 Software Architecture and System Integration IT-4-1 The digital evidence management system will provide an audit trail of user/date/time when records are added/modified/deleted. Y - CommandCentral Vault ensures end–to–end security of stored content, and original content is never edited to reduce challenges to the chain of custody. Full auditing allows your agency to track all activity on content from the moment it’s stored and classified. CommandCentral Vault provides audit logs for traceability of all actions taken on the content including but not limited to view, share, download, creating clips, adding annotations, adding metadata tags etc. CommandCentral Vault audit logging is designed to record and protect access to multimedia content itself, as well as to data related to that content. Specific Vault audit log functionality ensures full logging of all activities performed, including tracking of specific user ID with matching time–date stamp for all activities. IT-4-2 More than one user may upload digital files to the digital evidence management system at the same time. A record locking feature must prevent the loss of data when two or more users are updating the same record. Y - Multiple users may upload digital files to the CommandCentral Vault without any issues. There is a 4GB web browser limitation when uploading multiple files. IT-4-3 The proposed interview room/digital evidence management system will operate on a PC using Windows 7 and above. Y - The CommandCentral Vault is accessed via a Google Chrome web browser. As long as the PC meets the minimum requirements for running Google Chrome, Vault can be accessed. IT-4-4 Any menus, toolbar items, and buttons that are unavailable are grayed out rather than designated by “button/function not available” or other error messages that impede work-flow. Y - In CommandCentral Vault, only features available will be displayed for users to access. Unavailable features or inactive items will not be shown. With the control center, User Groups and access will only display the icons that they have access to. (DC) IT-4-5 The system allows metadata to be searched. Metadata includes case number, names, investigators, and other case events, etc. Certain parts of the metadata can be restricted based on user security Y - There are many ways to Group, Filter, and Search in CommandCentral Vault. Based on permissions granted, users can input metadata tags, incident type, officer name, device #, defined group, dated captures, file status, file type (video, audio, still picture) or any keywords to assist in the search. Users can also use the free form search bar or search based on groups/filters/tags associated with the file. Attachment number 1 \nPage 53 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 5-4 Software and System Requirements Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted IT-4-6 The proposed interview room/digital evidence management system offers the ability to attach scanned or imported files (in their native format). Example: scanned document, pictures and videos (in PDF, TIF, JPG, other MP4, MOV formats), MS Office documents, CAD Drawings, etc. Y - Please see our response in Section 4. IT-4-7 It is preferred that the system operates from a standard Internet browser such that, in most cases, no software is required on the user’s desktop. Y - CommandCentral Vault operates on current versions of Google Chrome. CommandCentral Vault utilizes modern browser capabilities available only in Google Chrome to deliver all of the system functionality. IT-4-8 Vendor intends to maintain compatibility with future updates / modifications to operating systems and browsers such that the software will be compatible with updates and service packs within six months after their public release Y - Backward compatibility ias allowed on our product offering from major software update to older hardware (camera models). IT-4-9 Vendor intends to maintain compatibility with future updates / modifications to MS operating systems such that the software will be compatible with updates and service packs within six months after their public release. Y - Regular release updates to stay compatible with the current MS updates. IT-5 Vendor Presentation IT-5-1 If selected to present their product to the selection committee, the vendor should be prepared to have all of their software modules ready for presentation. A vendor may be disqualified if modules / products that are “in development” or otherwise not ready to present or implement are represented as being complete in this RFP. Y - All proposed products in this design are currently available for demonstration.. IT-5-2 Vendor should make every effort to demonstrate features LIVE in the presentation to effectively illustrate their product. Examples include being prepared to scan and/or print a document if that is an integral part of a business process. Y - Live demo sites are available around the world that can be demonstrated. IT-7 Maintenance and Support IT-6-1 The Vendor provides a toll-free telephone number for technical support. Hours: AM ET to PM ET Y - Free Technical Support is available for CommandaCentral Vault at 800-323-9949, Options 2/5/1, 24/7 and through Interview Room Cameras at 888-281-5182. IT-6-2 Please describe levels of technical support and the turnaround time for help desk calls expected at each level. Attach additional sheet(s) as necessary to explain your Service Level Agreement (SLA). Y - Please see additional information included in Section 9.1 Service Level Agreement. IT-6-3 All support will be provided entirely by the vendor making this proposal. Augusta desires one point of contact for support for the proposed application(s) rather than dealing with multiple third-party vendors. Y - We offer 24/7 Technical Support for the end user. If onsite support is required, this would be supported by the Partner who performed the installation.. IT6-4 Upgrades of software are covered under annual maintenance (stated another way: We will not have to re-buy the next version of the software). Y - ACC updates are available within the same ACC version. The only time a cost is incurred is between major ACC version updates. Example ACC6 to ACC7. Attachment number 1 \nPage 54 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Software and System Requirements 5-5 IT-6-5 Vendor shall be on-site during the official “Go-Live” of the software unless Augusta specifically agrees that they need not be present. Y - An employee can be present during the commissioning process. IT-6-6 When vendor personnel are on-site working with Augusta personnel, they shall not send, check, or read email, text-messages, voicemail, phone calls (via cell phones or land lines), pagers, etc. related to other customers or business except in cases of emergency, except during lunch or breaks. If Augusta has paid for vendor personnel to be on-site working with our personnel on our project(s), vendor is expected to be focused on our work. Y - Any employee or Partner would adhere to any Customers policies, IT-7 Vendor Connectivity IT-7-1 What methodology does the vendor propose to use to connect remotely to a server hosting their software, but located within our firewall? Any method used must be approved by Augusta IT. Y - Regular Internet Service Provider is sufficient. IT-8 General Technical Requirements IT-8-1 The proposed solution is compatible with operating across a wide area network. Y - We operate in both LAN and/or WAN environment. IT-8-2 Vendor should indicate recommended client workstation requirements. Y - Dell Client Workstations are proposed. Please see our response in Section 8 Product Literature. IT-8-3 If the solution is to be locally hosted, the following must be true: ·Vendor should indicate the recommended server requirements for various components as necessary (application, database, web, and storage/SAN, etc). ·Server(s) should operate on a Microsoft Windows-based server platform. Server(s) should be capable of operating in a Virtual Environment. The current Augusta standard is VMWare Y - Please see our response in Section 8 Product Literature IT-8- 4 Vendor should include list of specialized equipment required for their solution, to include cards and/or peripherals such as touch screens, cash drawers, receipt printers, microphones, speakers, camera, etc, bar code readers and/or magnetic stripe readers, etc. (as needed / if applicable). Y - Please see our response in Section 8 Product Literature IT-8-5 Vendor should indicate any 3rd party software that is required to work with their solution, including DirectX, Java, Adobe software, media players, etc. The Version number of each software should be included as well. N/A IT-8-8 If there are mobile features / modules, vendor should provide customer references that are using the modules and be prepared to demonstrate them. Y - Mobile access to recordings is included in the solution at no cost. Our gateway software can be downloaded from our website. Details for setting up the mobile users can be found in the User Guide. IT-8-9 Vendor must specify minimum bandwidth requirements for the digital evidence management system. This includes recommended upload and download speeds. Y - Throughput is outlined in the System Design Tool (SDT) PDF export. Also refer to networking best practices guide. Attachment number 1 \nPage 55 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 5-6 Software and System Requirements Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 2. General Requirements ID Requirement Response 1 The interview room recording system shall be network based and hard wired with the ability to be easily integrated with existing network connections. The system must allow RCSO personnel to view in-progress interviews from their Augusta workstations. Y - Please review the networking best practices for network connection. All cameras are powered via PoE. 2 Each interview room recording system shall be able to be controlled from a network workstation with no limit to how many workstations can view an in- progress interview simultaneously. Y - The proposed Video solution is based on the ACC Enterprise Edition software and have an unlimited number of end users / workstations. Each end-user / workstation is capable of managing the Video Platform or performing basic functions, based on end-users rights and privileges. 3 The interview room recording system shall have viewing capability for in-progress and recorded interviews at any client/network workstations. Y - Video and Audio are recorded and stored in sync on the video VMS, until event and evidence is exported and stored in the vault. 4 The interview room recording system and management system must be capable of allowing an administrator to assign user privileges, viewing rights, retention periods, run reports, and set parameters, preferably through Active Directory. Y - We allow for AD Integration and System based User and Groups to be established. 5 The user of the interview room recording system shall have the ability to start and stop the recording remotely either by wall switch, push button, or similar system mounted outside each interview room, or via a computer terminal. Y - This can be done via the software or physical switch, based on installation. 6 The user of the interview room recording system shall be able to assign metadata to a recording for the purposes of searching and case management. Metadata must include as case number, date and time, investigator name, interviewee name, etc. Y - This can be done within the ACC Bookmarks and would be covered in the ACC Training. 7 The interview room recording system must have the ability to record multiple interviews at the same time. Y - The storage for the Video platform was designed and sized to record all cameras at the same time and provided the required storage. 8 The interview room recording system must store video in a standard format that includes video compression. An example would be standard MP4 video format utilizing h.264 compression. Y - The proposed solution offers the ability to export video in several formats: AVI, PNG, JPEG, TIFF, PDF, WAV. Native is recommended as it is encrypted, watermarked and time stamped. 9 The interview room recording system must have a minimum audio sampling rate of 48 kHz. Y (See Attached Datasheet) 10 The digital evidence management system must provide access of stored media (including videos and photos) to networked locations throughout the Augusta. Y - Our Client Workstations will be able to view Live, Recorded, Export or Collaborate on video across the WAN, with proper network settings. 11 The digital evidence management system must provide the ability to share files to entities not on the network. Y 12 The digital video management system must be able to upload and store existing interview room recordings from the RCSO’s current interview room recording system (Case Cracker). These recordings are currently in MP4 format. There are approximately 6 TB of stored videos. Y - The Video VMS Platform is not the permanent long term storage vehicle. Exported Video could be stored on the main HD-NVR3 if required. Attachment number 1 \nPage 56 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Software and System Requirements 5-7 ID Requirement Response 13 The digital evidence management systems shall allow the export of full and partial videos to a DVD, thumb drive or other media device and must support exporting audio and video or audio only in standard formats (MPEG-2, MPEG-4, MP3, WAV, MP4, etc). Y 14 The digital evidence management system shall allow the import of full or partial videos from other formats (MOV, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, MP3, WAV, MP4, etc). Y - Please see our response in Section 4. 15 The digital evidence management system shall have the ability to securely share files to designated individuals who are authorized be it either on or off network. Y - Our CommandCentral provides System Administration functions that apply to all of the CommandCentral Applications in the CommandCentral suite of Applications including creation and modification of user information and the creation and modification of groups with permissions that users are assigned to. The group permissions determine what a end user is able to see, modify or do in the CommandCentral suite of applications. CommandCentral Vault provides the City with flexibility in setting up and updating the administration of your system. Roles and permissions can be configured to prevent or allow actions taken on video and metadata, including but not limited to: viewing, editing, annotating, downloading, redacting, sharing, clipping and adding. The user can be added and then removed with permissions. Our CommandCentral Vault System Administrator tasks provide Device management tasks, including deleting devices, and adding new devices to vault, how to assign devices to officers, and setting up tags. Tags are used to identify or classify videos into categories that are important to an agency. How these tags can be used for searching, grouping or if they can be available on the Si device are determined by setting the system administrator makes. Management tasks include setting up the default global retention durations, how to set the Recovery period before a video is deleted, and how to set unique retention times for special video types. Attachment number 1 \nPage 57 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 5-8 Software and System Requirements Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted ID Requirement Response 17 The digital evidence management system shall allow the system administrator to set the retention parameters for videos stored from a network workstation. Y - All multimedia files will be retained in the system for the customer specified minimum retention period or longer. The default global retention period is 30 days. If you increase the retention period, all tag values with a retention period that is less the new minimum are automatically increased. Tag Management is used to define the metadata for the videos and images Details. Tag Management is also used to set specific retention policies based on that Tag identifier. All multimedia files with that specific Tag identifier will be retained in the system for the customer specified retention period for that specific Tag. 18 The System must be compliant with Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) and Georgia state requirements. Y - Please see our response in Section 2C. 19 The digital evidence management system shall allow videos to be redacted. Y - CommandCentral Vault supports an automated redaction capability in MP4 file formats to facilitate the processing of digital evidence prior to release pursuant to a public information request. Intelligent redaction capabilities automatically blur people and objects in recorded videos to eliminate tedious frame–by–frame processes. Simply select the object or individual and CommandCentral Vault will process the request across the entire video, saving hours of time. 20 The digital evidence management system must allow for easy integration with third party systems like Computer Aided Dispatch or Lawn Enforcement Records Management System (currently Tyler New World CAD 2017.2) Y - Motorola Solutions has provided a connector for Augusta’s Tyler New World CAD to automatically correlate the records to the CommandCentral Vault to alleviate users from manually tagging each piece of digital evidence. Evidence can be correlated by Incident number,incident type, officer name, time, date and any other parameters set forth by Augusta. 21 The vendor shall identify a method for cataloging and retrieving videos Y - Please see above response 20 regarding CAD correlation. 22 The vendor shall identify bandwidth requirements for the digital evidence management system based on City of Augusta user requirements. Y - The network bandwidth is driven by the need to transfer evidence based on how much and what quality of video Augusta decides to chose that best meets your video evidence needs. A typical broadband speed greater than 100 Mbps that meet users web browsing experience would be sufficient to gain access to the CommandCentral Vault application. Attachment number 1 \nPage 58 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Software and System Requirements 5-9 3. Augusta, GA Legal Language and Procurement Code ID Requirement Response LP-1 Customer Name Augusta, Georgia, a political subdivision of the State of Georgia, with its place of business at 535 Telfair Street, Augusta, GA U.S.A., 30901 Y LP-2 RFP Compliance This contract will operate in accordance with Augusta, GA RFP (the RFP to which the Vendor’s proposal applies) and the Vendor response to said contract and any item herein outside of such must be completed as in contract or be subject to penalty clause. In case of conflict between the original RFP and this contract, this contract shall supersede all previous or contemporaneous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to matters set forth herein. It may only be modified in writing and must be signed by authorized representatives of both parties. Y LP-3 Georgia Open Records Act The Vendor acknowledges that this Agreement and certain documentation may be subject to the Georgia Open Records Act (O.C.G.A. § 50-18-70, et seq.). Vendor shall cooperate fully in responding to such requests and shall make all records, not exempt, available for inspection and copying as required by law. Vendor shall clearly mark any information provided to City which Vendor contends is Proprietary Information. Vendor shall notify City immediately of any Open Records request arising out of this contract and shall provide to City a copy of any response to the same. Y LP-4 Time of Performance. Vendor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the services covered under and pursuant to this Agreement as directed by the City's Project Administrator by the date of project completion as described in Exhibit XX, Project Schedule, (“the Completion Date”), unless earlier terminated as provided herein, or as may be modified by mutual written agreement. Vendor shall perform the Services expeditiously, within the term of this Agreement, and in accordance with any schedule of services mutually acceptable to the Parties. Delays in implementation will be subject to a Penalty, under certain conditions, as described in Section XX in this agreement. Y LP-5 Vendor Travel (Update this as needed) Travel amounts for lodging and meals, and incidental expenses are not to exceed $118 per day, the maximum rate as determined by the US Internal Revenue Service (IRS) per IRS Publication 1542 (October 2008). Y LP-6 Performance Bond Other directives in this document notwithstanding, the Vendor shall be prepared to provide a Performance Bond in the amount of 100% of the bid price if awarded the contract. Such bonds are due prior to contract execution as a guarantee of the Vendor’s ability to deliver the goods and services purchased. Bond shall be valid until such time as the product(s) or services(s) are accepted by Augusta, Georgia. Y Attachment number 1 \nPage 59 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 5-10 Software and System Requirements Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted ID Requirement Response LP-7 Termination 1. Events of Default. Each of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”: A. The Vendor shall fail to observe, perform or comply with any material term, covenant, agreement or condition of this Agreement which is to be observed, performed or complied with by the Vendor, if such failure continues uncured for thirty (30) calendar days after the City gives the Vendor written notice of the failure and the specific nature of such failure. B. The Vendor shall commit any fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, willful misconduct, or intentional breach of any provision of this Agreement. 2. Termination Upon Event of Default. In addition to any other available legal or equitable rights or remedies, upon an Event of Default by the Vendor, the City shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon at least thirty (30) days written notice to the Vendor. 3. Expiration. Unless extended as provided for herein, this Agreement shall naturally expire on the Completion Date. 4. Payment Upon Termination. Upon a termination of this Agreement, the City shall pay to the Vendor the part of the Compensation which would otherwise be payable to the Vendor with respect to the Services which had been adequately completed as of the date of termination, less the amount of all previous payments with respect to the Compensation. 5. Termination by Vendor: Vendor may terminate this Agreement only upon the substantial breach by the City of a material provision of this Agreement including failure to pay. 6. Termination for Convenience: Upon advance written notice to Vendor, the City may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Vendor, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Vendor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): A. For completed and acceptable work executed in accordance with the terms of the agreement prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such work; B. For expenses incurred prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the contract documents in connection with uncompleted work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; C.For all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with subcontractors, suppliers and others, and; for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Y Attachment number 1 \nPage 60 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Software and System Requirements 5-11 ID Requirement Response LP-8 Termination by Either Party. In the event of termination of this Agreement by either the City or the Vendor, both agree to the following: A. City shall destroy the PROGRAM as defined in the Software License and Support Agreement, Exhibit “XX”, together with all copies, modifications and merged portions, or B. Return the PROGRAM together with all copies, modifications and merged portions to Vendor, or C. City may continue to use the PROGRAM with the permission of the Vendor, with no expectation of continued maintenance, support, update, or upgrade. D. In cases referenced according to items A and B above, Vendor shall certify in writing that all proprietary information, data, schema, or documentation belonging to City have either been returned to Licensee or destroyed and vice versa. LP-9 Liquidated Damages The VENDOR agrees to pay as liquidated damages to the City the sum of $ for each consecutive calendar day after expiration of the Contract Time of Completion Time, except for authorized extensions of time by the City. This Section is independent of Section – Default of VENDOR. The parties agree that these provisions for liquidated damages are not intended to operate as penalties for breach of Contract. The liquidated damages set forth above are not intended to compensate the City for any damages other than inconvenience and loss of use or delay in services. The existence or recovery of such liquidated damages shall not preclude the City from recovering other damages in addition to the payments made hereunder which the City can document as being attributable to the documented VENDOR failures. In addition to other costs that may be recouped, the City may include costs of personnel and assets used to coordinate, inspect, and re-inspect items within this Contract as well as attorney fees if applicable. Y/N. Motorola Solutions can comply with the clarification that liquidated damages will cover all negotiable, reasonable costs of delays; however, liquidated damages may not be assessed for excusable delays or delays caused by the City. All liquidated damages will be cummatively capped at 2% of the Contract Price. LP-10 Specified excuses for delay or non-performance VENDOR is not responsible for delay in performance caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, and other severe and unexpected acts of nature. In any such event, the contract price and schedule shall be equitably adjusted. Y LP-11 Temporary suspension or delay of performance of contract. To the extent that it does not alter the scope of this agreement, Augusta, GA may unilaterally order a temporary stopping of the work, or delaying of the work to be performed by VENDOR under this agreement. Y. Any temporary stop of the work will result in remobilization and additional travel cost. LP-12 Georgia Prompt Pay Act Not Applicable. The terms of this agreement supersede any and all provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act. Y Attachment number 1 \nPage 61 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 5-12 Software and System Requirements Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted ID Requirement Response P-13 Insurance Requirements The VENDOR shall, at all times that this Agreement is in effect, cause to be maintained in force and effect an insurance policy(s) that will ensure and indemnify the City against liability or financial loss resulting from injuries occurring to persons or property or occurring as a result of any negligent error, act, or omission of the VENDOR in performance of the work during the term of this Agreement. The VENDOR shall provide, at all times that this agreement is in effect, Worker's Compensation insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia. The VENDOR shall provide, at all times that this Agreement is in effect, Insurance with limits of not less than: A. Workmen’s Compensation Insurance – in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia. B. Public Liability Insurance – in an amount of not less that One Million ($1,000,000) Dollars for injuries, including those resulting in death to any one person, and in an amount of not less than One Million ($1,000,000) Dollars on account of any one occurrence. C. Property Damage Insurance – in an amount of not less than One Million ($1,000,000) Dollars from damages on account of an occurrence, with an aggregate limit of One Million ($1,000,000) Dollars. D. Valuable Papers Insurance – in an amount sufficient to assure the restoration of any plans, drawings, field notes, or other similar data relating to the work covered by the Project. E. Professional Liability Insurance – in an amount of not less than One Million ($1,000,000) Dollars or an amount that correlates to the aggregate fee on the project should it exceed $1,000,000. City will be named as an additional insured with respect to VENDOR’s liabilities hereunder in insurance coverage identified in items (b) and (c). The policies shall be written by a responsible company(s), to be approved by the City, and shall be noncancellable except on thirty-(30) days' written notice to the City. Such policies shall name the City as co-insured, except for worker's compensation and professional liability policies, and a copy of such policy or a certificate of insurance shall be filed with the Director at the time of the execution of this Agreement. Y with the following clarifications: 1. The indemnification is separate and apart from insurance coverage; 2. The words, “Not less than” will need to be deleted; 3. “Public Liability” is “Commercial General Liability”, also including “property damage”, and Subsection C and D may be deleted; Professional Liability is per claim and in the aggregate, not “or an amount that correlates to the aggregate fee on the project should it exceed $1 million; Motorola will include the City as an additional insured on its policy in lieu of, “Such policies shall name the City as co insured, except for worker’s compensation and professional liability policies, and” which shall be deleted; and a copy of a Certificate of Insurance will be provided to the City in lieu of providing a copy of its confidential and proprietary insurance policy. Attachment number 1 \nPage 62 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Software and System Requirements 5-13 ID Requirement Response LP-14 An acknowledgement by all parties contracting with Augusta, Georgia as follows: “Contractor acknowledges that this contract and any changes to it by amendment, modification, change order or other similar document may have required or may require the legislative authorization of the Board of Commissioners and approval of the Mayor. Under Georgia law, Contractor is deemed to possess knowledge concerning Augusta, Georgia's ability to assume contractual obligations and the consequences of Contractor's provision of goods or services to Augusta, Georgia under an unauthorized contract, amendment, modification, change order or other similar document, including the possibility that the Contractor may be precluded from recovering payment for such unauthorized goods or services. Accordingly, Contractor agrees that if it provides goods or services to Augusta, Georgia under a contract that has not received proper legislative authorization or if the Contractor provides goods or services to Augusta, Georgia in excess of the any contractually authorized goods or services, as required by Augusta, Georgia's Charter and Code, Augusta, Georgia may withhold payment for any unauthorized goods or services provided by Contractor. Contractor assumes all risk of non-payment for the provision of any unauthorized goods or services to Augusta, Georgia, and it waives all claims to payment or to other remedies for the provision of any unauthorized goods or services to Augusta, Georgia, however characterized, including, without limitation, all remedies at law or equity." This acknowledgement shall be a mandatory provision in all Augusta, Georgia contracts for goods and services, except revenue producing contracts. Y with the clarification that the City will provide Motorola Solutions with evidence of its proper legislative authority to enter into a final contract prior to contract execution. LP-15 E-Verify Compliance All contractors and subcontractors entering into contracts with Augusta, Georgia for the physical performance of services shall be required to execute an Affidavit verifying its compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is contracting with Augusta, Georgia has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program. All contractors and subcontractors must provide their E-Verify number and must be in compliance with the electronic verification of work authorized programs operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), P.L. 99- 603, in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 and shall continue to use the federal authorization program throughout the contract term. All contractors shall further agree that, should it employ or contract with any subcontractor(s) in connection with the physical performance of services pursuant to its contract with Augusta, Georgia the contractor will secure from such subcontractor(s) each subcontractor’s E-Verify number as evidence of verification of compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 on the subcontractor affidavit provided in Rule 300-10-01-.08 or a substantially similar form. All contractors shall further agree to maintain records of such compliance and provide a copy of each such verification to Augusta, Georgia at the time the subcontractor(s) is retained to perform such physical services. Y Attachment number 1 \nPage 63 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 5-14 Software and System Requirements Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted ID Requirement Response LP-16 Right to inspect premises. Augusta, Georgia may, at reasonable times, inspect the part of the plant, place of business, or work site of VENDOR or any subcontractor of VENDOR or subunit thereof which is pertinent to the performance of any contract awarded or to be awarded by Augusta, Georgia. Y LP-17 Local Small Business Language: In accordance with Chapter 10B of the AUGUSTA, GA. CODE, Contractor expressly agrees to collect and maintain all records necessary to for Augusta, Georgia to evaluate the effectiveness of its Local Small Business Opportunity Program and to make such records available to Augusta, Georgia. The requirements of the Local Small Business Opportunity Program can be found at www.augustaga.gov. In accordance with AUGUSTA, GA. CODE § 1-10-129(d)(7), for all contracts where a local small business goal has been established, the contractor is required to provide local small business utilization reports. Contractor shall report to Augusta, Georgia the total dollars paid to each local small business on each contract, and shall provide such payment affidavits, regarding payment to subcontractors as may be requested by Augusta, Georgia. Such documents shall be in the format specified by the Director of minority and small business opportunities, and shall be submitted at such times as required by Augusta, Georgia. Failure to provide such reports within the time period specified by Augusta, Georgia shall entitle Augusta, Georgia to exercise any of the remedies set forth, including but not limited to, withholding payment from the contractor and/or collecting liquidated damages. Y Attachment number 1 \nPage 64 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Customer References 6-1 SECTION 6 CUSTOMER REFERENCES Client Organization Boulder County Sheriff (Boulder, Colorado, USA) Contracting Agency/Client: Boulder County Sheriff Contact Name and Phone #: Chief Sullenberger, TEL: +1 (303) 358 9780 Address: 5600 Flatirons Parkway, Boulder, CO 80301 Contact Email Address: rsullenberger@bouldercounty.org Client Organization Coshocton County Sheriff’s Office (Ohio, USA) Contracting Agency/Client: Coshocton County Sheriff’s Office Contact Name and Phone #: Lt. Jim Crawford, TEL: +1 (740) 295-7473 Address: 328 Chestnut St, Coshocton, OH 43812 Contact Email Address: jimcrawford@coshoctoncounty.net Client Organization Muskegon Heights Police Department (Michigan, USA) Contracting Agency/Client: Muskegon Heights Police Department Contact Name and Phone #: Chief Joseph Thomas, Jr., TEL: +1 (231)733-8900 Address: 2715 Baker St., Muskegon Heights, MI 49444 Contact Email Address: joseph.thomasjr@mcd911.net Attachment number 1 \nPage 65 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 6-2 Customer References Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Client Organization Fulton County Schools Contracting Agency/Client: Fulton County Schools Contact Name and Phone #: Paul Hildreth - Emergency Operations, TEL: +1 (470) 254-0307 Address: 6201 Powers Ferry Road NW, Atlanta, GA 30339 Contact Email Address: hildreth@fultonschools.org Client Organization Elk Grove PD Contracting Agency/Client: Elk Grove PD Contact Name and Phone #: Chris Hill, TEL: +1 (916) 508-9603 Contact Email Address: chill@elkgrovepd.org Client Organization Alliance for Children Contracting Agency/Client: Alliance for Children Contact Name and Phone #: Lindsey Dula Contact Email Address: ldula@allianceforchildren.org Attachment number 1 \nPage 66 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Contractual Documentation 7-1 SECTION 7 CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTATION 7.1 CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTATION Please see the Contractual Documentation included in the pages that follow. Attachment number 1 \nPage 67 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 1 SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES AGREEMENT Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola”) and Augusta Georgia (“Customer”) enter into this Subscription Services Agreement (“Agreement”) pursuant to which Customer will purchase and Motorola will sell a subscription to access the subscription services described below. Motorola and Customer may be referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.” The terms of the Agreement, including addendums, exhibits, and attachments combined with the terms of any applicable Incorporated Documents will govern the products and services offered pursuant to this Agreement. To the extent there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Agreement and the terms and conditions of the applicable Incorporated Documents, the Incorporated Documents take precedence. 1. DEFINITIONS Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth below. Any reference to the purchase or sale of software or other Intellectual Property shall mean the sale or purchase of a license or sublicense to use such software or Intellectual Property in accordance with this Agreement. “Administrator” means Customer's designated system administrator who receives administrative logins for the Subscription Services and issues access rights to Customer's Users. “Anonymized” means having been stripped of any personal or correlating information revealing original source or uniquely identifying a person or entity. “Confidential Information” means any information that is disclosed in written, graphic, verbal, or machine-recognizable form, and is marked, designated, or identified at the time of disclosure as being confidential or its equivalent; or if the information is in verbal form, it is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure and is confirmed in writing within thirty (30) days of the disclosure. Confidential Information does not include any information that: is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the receiving Party; is already known to the receiving Party without restriction when it is disclosed; is or becomes, rightfully and without breach of this Agreement, in the receiving Party’s possession without any obligation restricting disclosure; is independently developed by the receiving Party without breach of this Agreement; or is explicitly approved for release by written authorization of the disclosing Party. “Customer Data” means Native Data provided by Customer to Motorola hereunder to be processed and used in connection with the Subscription Services. Customer Data does not include data provided by third parties and passed on to Motorola. “Deliverables” means all written information (such as reports, analytics, Solution Data, specifications, designs, plans, drawings, or other technical or business information) that Motorola prepares for Customer in the performance of the Services and is obligated to provide to Customer pursuant to the applicable Statement of Work. The Deliverables, if any, are more fully described in the Statement of Work. “Documentation” means the technical materials provided by Motorola to Customer in hard copy or electronic form describing the use and operation of the Solution and Software, including any technical manuals, but excluding any sales, advertising or marketing materials or proposals. “Effective Date” means the date of the last signature on this Agreement, unless access to the Subscription Service occurs later, in which case, the Effective Date will be the date when Customer first has access to the Subscription Services. “Feedback” means comments or information, in oral or written form, given to Motorola by Customer, in Attachment number 1 \nPage 68 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 2 connection with or relating to the Solution and Subscription Services. “Force Majeure” which means an event, circumstance, or act that is beyond a Party’s reasonable control, such as an act of God, an act of the public enemy, an act of a government entity, strikes, other labor disturbances, supplier performance, hurricanes, earthquakes, fires, floods, epidemics, embargoes, war, riots, or any other similar cause. “Licensed Product” means 1) Software, whether hosted or installed at Customer's site, 2) Documentation; 3) associated user interfaces; 4) help resources; and 5) any related technology or other services made available by the Solution. “Native Data” means data that is created solely by Customer or its agents. “Proprietary Rights” means the patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks, trade names, mask works, know-how, ideas and concepts, moral rights, processes, methodologies, tools, techniques, and other intellectual property rights. “Software” means the Motorola owned or licensed off the shelf software programs delivered as part of the Licensed Products used to provide the Subscription Services, including all bug fixes, updates and upgrades. “Solution” means collectively, the Software, servers and any other hardware or equipment operated by Motorola and used in conjunction with the Subscription Services. “Solution Data” means Customer Data that is transformed, altered, processed, aggregated, correlated or operated on by Motorola, its vendors or other data sources and data that has been manipulated or retrieved using Motorola know-how to produce value-added content that is made available to Customer with the Solution and Subscription Services. “Statement of Work” If included, the Statement of Work (“SOW”) describes the Subscription Services, Deliverables (if any), Licensed Products and Solution that Motorola will provide to Customer under this Agreement, and the other work-related responsibilities that the parties owe to each other. The Statement of Work may contain a performance schedule. “Subscription Services” means those subscription services to be provided by Motorola to Customer under this Agreement, the nature and scope of which are more fully described in the Documentation, proposal, SOW, or other Solution materials provided by Motorola, as applicable. “Users” means Customer's authorized employees or other individuals authorized to utilize the Subscription Services on behalf of Customer and who will be provided access to the Subscription Services by virtue of a password or equivalent security mechanism implemented by Customer. 2. SCOPE 2.1 Subscription Services. Motorola will provide to Customer the Subscription Services and Deliverables (if any). As part of the Subscription Services, Motorola will allow Customer to use the Solution described in the Statement of Work, Documentation, Motorola’s Quote dated October 3, 2018, or other Solution materials provided by Motorola (“Incorporated Document(s)”), as applicable. Some Subscription Services will also be subject to additional terms unique to that specific Subscription Service. Such additional terms will be set forth in an Addendum. In the event of a conflict between an Addendum and the body of the Agreement, the Addendum will govern resolution of the conflict. Motorola and Customer will perform their respective responsibilities as described in this Agreement and any applicable Incorporated Documents. Attachment number 1 \nPage 69 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 3 2.2 Changes. Customer may request changes to the Services. If Motorola agrees to a requested change, the change must be confirmed in writing and signed by authorized representatives of both parties. A reasonable price adjustment will be made if any change affects the time of performance or the cost to perform the Services. 2.3 Non-solicitation. During the Term of this Agreement and for twelve (12) months thereafter, Customer will not actively solicit the employment of any Motorola personnel who is involved directly with providing any of the Services. 3. TERM 3.1 Term. Unless a different Term is set forth in an applicable Addendum or the Incorporated Documents, the Term of this Agreement begins on the Effective Date and continues for five (5) years. The Agreement may renew annually on the anniversary of the expiration of the Term, unless either Party notifies the other of its intention to not renew the Agreement (in whole or part) at least thirty (30) days before the expiration of the Term or until termination by either Party in accordance with the Termination section of this Agreement. 3.2 Minimum Initial Term. Following the Minimum Initial Term, this Agreement will automatically renew upon each anniversary of the Effective Date for a successive renewal term of the same duration as the Minimum Initial Term, unless either Party: 1) notifies the other of its intention to not renew the Agreement (in whole or part) at least thirty (30) days before the anniversary date; 2) requests an alternate term; or 3) terminates in accordance with the termination provision in the Agreement, including non-payment of fees for the renewal period by the anniversary date. 3.3 Renewals. The terms and conditions of the Agreement and will govern any renewal periods. 4. CUSTOMER OBLIGATIONS. Customer will fulfill all of its obligations in this Agreement, including applicable addendums and all Incorporated Documents in a timely and accurate manner. Failure to do so may prevent Motorola from performing its responsibilities. 4.1 Access. To enable Motorola to perform the Subscription Services, Customer will provide to Motorola reasonable access to relevant Customer information, personnel, systems, and office space when Motorola’s employees are working on Customer’s premises, and other general assistance. Further, if any equipment is installed or stored at Customer’s location in order to provide the Subscription Services, Customer will provide, at no charge, a non-hazardous environment with adequate shelter, heat, light, power, security, and full and free access to the equipment. 4.2 Customer Information. If the Documentation, Statement of Work, proposal, or other related documents contain assumptions that affect the Subscription Services or Deliverables, Customer will verify that they are accurate and complete. Any information that Customer provides to Motorola concerning the Subscription Services or Deliverables will be accurate and complete in all material respects. Customer will make timely decisions and obtain any required management and third party approvals or consents that are reasonably necessary for Motorola to perform the Subscription Services and its other duties under this Agreement. Unless the Statement of Work states the contrary, Motorola may rely upon and is not required to evaluate, confirm, reject, modify, or provide advice concerning any assumptions and Customer-provided information, decisions and approvals described in this paragraph. 4.3 Risk of Loss. If any portion of the Solution resides on Customer premises or is under Customer’s control in any way, Customer shall at all times exercise reasonable care in using and maintaining the Solution in accordance with Motorola’s instructions for proper use and care. Risk of loss to any equipment in Customer’s possession will reside with Customer until removed by Motorola or its agent or returned by Attachment number 1 \nPage 70 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 4 Customer. Customer will be responsible for replacement costs of lost or damaged equipment, normal wear and tear excluded. 4.4 Equipment Title. Unless Customer is purchasing equipment pursuant to the terms in the Addendum entitled “Equipment Purchase” and unless stated differently in this Agreement or in the Incorporated Documents, title to any equipment provided to Customer in connection with the Subscription Services remains vested in Motorola at all times. Any sale of equipment pursuant to this Agreement will be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Equipment Purchase Addendum. 4.5 Enable Users. Customer will properly enable its Users to use the Subscription Services, including providing instructions for use, labeling, required notices, and accommodation pursuant to applicable laws, rules, and regulations. Unless otherwise agreed in the Incorporated Documents, Customer will train its Users on proper operation of the Solution and Licensed Products. Customer agrees to require Users to acknowledge and accept the limitations and conditions of use of the Licensed Products in this Agreement prior to allowing Users to access or use Subscription Services. 4.6 Non-preclusion. If, as a result of the Subscription Services performed under this Agreement, Motorola recommends that Customer purchase products or other services, nothing in this Agreement precludes Motorola from participating in a competitive opportunity or otherwise offering or selling the recommended products or other services to Customer. Customer represents that this paragraph does not violate its procurement or other laws, regulations, or policies. 5. Subscription Fees. 5.1 Recurring Fees. Unless stated differently in an applicable addendum, Incorporated Documents or otherwise arranged in writing with Motorola, Services will be provided in exchange for annual pre-paid Subscription Fees. Motorola will submit an invoice for the first year of subscription fees on the Effective Date. On each anniversary of the Effective Date, Motorola will issue an invoice for the annual subscription fees for the following year. 5.2 Start Up Fees. Start up fees apply to certain Subscription Services. If the Subscription Service includes start up fees, Motorola will submit an invoice for the start up fees on the Effective Date. 5.3 Fee Change. Motorola reserves the right to change the subscription fees at the end of each Subscription Services Term. Except for any payment that is due on the Effective Date, Customer will make payments to Motorola within thirty (30) days after the date of each invoice. Motorola reserves the right to terminate Service for non-payment of fees. 5.4 No Price Guarantee. Notwithstanding any language to the contrary, the pricing and fees associated with this Agreement will not be subject to any most favored pricing commitment or other similar low price guarantees. 5.5 Taxes. The Subscription Fees and start up fees do not include any excise, sales, lease, use, property, or other taxes, assessments or duties, all of which will be paid by Customer, except as exempt by law. If Motorola is required to pay any of those taxes, it will send an invoice to Customer and Customer will pay to Motorola the amount of the taxes (including any interest and penalties) within thirty (30) days after the date of the invoice. Motorola will be solely responsible for reporting taxes on its income or net worth. 6. ACCEPTANCE; SCHEDULE; FORCE MAJEURE 6.1 Acceptance. The Licensed Products will be deemed accepted upon the delivery of usernames and passwords or other validation mechanism to Customer. If usernames and passwords have been issued to Customer prior to the Effective Date, the Licensed Products will be deemed accepted on the Effective Date. Attachment number 1 \nPage 71 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 5 6.2 Schedule. All Subscription Services will be performed in accordance with the performance schedule included in the Statement of Work, or if there is no performance schedule, within a commercially reasonable time period. 6.3 Force Majeure. Neither Party will be liable for its non-performance or delayed performance if caused by a Force Majeure. Each Party will notify the other in writing if it becomes aware of any Force Majeure that will significantly delay performance. The notifying Party will give the notice promptly (but in no event later than fifteen (15) days) after it discovers the Force Majeure. 7. LIMITED LICENSE 7.1 Licensed Products. Use of the Licensed Products by Customer and its Users is strictly limited to use in connection with the Solution or Subscription Services during the Term. Customer and Users will refrain from, and will require others to refrain from, doing any of the following with regard to the Software in the Solution: (i) directly or indirectly, by electronic or other means, copy, modify, or translate the Software; (ii) directly or indirectly, by electronic or other means, reproduce, reverse engineer, distribute, sell, publish, commercially exploit, rent, lease, sublicense, assign or otherwise transfer or make available the Licensed Products or any part thereof to any third party, or otherwise disseminate the Licensed Product in any manner; (iii) directly or indirectly, by electronic or other means, modify, decompile, or disassemble the Software or part thereof, or attempt to derive source code from the Software; or (iv) remove any proprietary notices, labels, or marks on the Software or any part of the Licensed Products. Motorola Solutions reserves all rights to the Software and other Licensed Products not expressly granted herein, including without limitation, all right, title and interest in any improvements or derivatives conceived of or made by Motorola that are based, either in whole or in part, on knowledge gained from Customer Data. Customer agrees to abide by the copyright laws of the United States and all other relevant jurisdictions, including without limitation, the copyright laws where Customer uses the Solution. Customer agrees to immediately cease using the Solution if it fails to comply with this paragraph or any other part of this Agreement. If Software is subject to a click wrap, end user license agreement or is otherwise packaged with or subject to a separate end user license, such license will apply to the use of Software and Licensed Product. 7.2 Proprietary Rights. Regardless of any contrary provision in the Agreement, Motorola or its third party providers own and retain all of their respective Proprietary Rights in the Software, Solution, and Licensed Product. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to restrict their Proprietary Rights. All intellectual property developed, originated, or prepared by Motorola in connection with providing Services to Customer remain vested exclusively in Motorola, and this Agreement does not grant to Customer any shared development rights of intellectual property. No custom development work is to be performed under this Agreement. 8. DATA AND FEEDBACK 8.1 Solution Data. To the extent permitted by law, Motorola, its vendors and licensors are the exclusive owners of all right, title, and interest, in and to the Solution Data, including all intellectual property rights therein. Motorola grants Customer a personal, royalty-free, non-exclusive license to: (i) access, view, use, copy, and store the Solution Data for its internal business purposes and, (ii) when specifically permitted by the applicable Statement of Work, publish Solution Data on its websites for viewing by the public. 8.2 Customer Data. To the extent permitted by law, Customer retains ownership of Customer Data. Customer grants Motorola and its subcontractors a personal, royalty-free, non-exclusive license to use, host, cache, store, reproduce, copy, modify combine, analyze, create derivatives from, communicate, transmit, publish, display, and distribute such Customer Data for the purpose of providing the Subscription Services to Customer, other Motorola Customers and end users, including without limitation, the right to use Customer Data for the purpose of developing new or enhanced solutions. In addition to Attachment number 1 \nPage 72 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 6 the rights listed above, Customer grants Motorola a license to sell an Anonymized version of Customer Data for any purpose. 8.3 Feedback. Any Feedback given by Customer is entirely voluntary and, even if designated as confidential, will create no confidentiality obligation for Motorola. Motorola is free to use, reproduce, license or otherwise distribute and exploit the Feedback without any obligation to Customer. Customer acknowledges that Motorola’s receipt of the Feedback does not imply or create recognition by Motorola of either the novelty or originality of any idea. The parties further agree that all fixes, modifications and improvement to the Licensed Product or Subscription Service conceived of or made by Motorola that are based, either in whole or in part, on the Feedback are the exclusive property of Motorola and all right, title and interest in and to such fixes, modifications or improvements to the Licensed Product or Subscription Service will vest solely in Motorola. 9 WARRANTY 9.1 “AS IS”. THE SOLUTION AND SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES ARE PROVIDED “AS IS”. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Customer acknowledges that the Deliverables may contain recommendations, suggestions or advice from Motorola to Customer (collectively, “Recommendations”). Motorola makes no warranties concerning those Recommendations, and Customer alone accepts responsibility for choosing whether and how to implement the Recommendations and the results to be realized from implementing them. 9.2 Availability and Accuracy. Customer acknowledges that functionality of the Solution as well as availability and accuracy of Solution Data is dependent on many elements beyond Motorola’s control, including databases managed by Customer or third parties and Customer’s existing equipment, software, and Customer Data. Therefore, Motorola does not guarantee availability or accuracy of data, or any minimum level of coverage or connectivity. Interruption or interference with the Subscription Services or Solution may periodically occur. Customer agrees not to represent to any third party that Motorola has provided such guarantee. 9.3 Equipment Sale. Warranty for any equipment sold pursuant to this Agreement will be set forth in Equipment Purchase Addendum. 10. DISCLAIMERS 10.1 Existing Equipment and Software. If Customer’s existing equipment and software is critical to operation and use of the Subscription Services, Customer is solely responsible for supporting and maintaining Customer’s existing equipment and software. Connection to or interface with Customer’s existing equipment and software may be required to receive Subscription Services. Any failures or deficiencies of Customer’s existing equipment and software may impact the functionality of the Solution and the Subscription Services to be delivered. Any vulnerabilities or inefficiencies in Customer’s system may also impact the Solution and associated Subscription Services. 10.2 Privacy. Customer bears sole responsibility for compliance with any laws and regulations regarding tracking; location based services; gathering, storing, processing, transmitting, using or misusing; or otherwise handling personally identifiable information (“PII”), including information about Users of the Solution or citizens in the general public. Further, it is Customer’s sole responsibility to comply with any laws or regulations prescribing the measures to be taken in the event of breach of privacy or accidental disclosure of any PII. Enacting and enforcing any internal privacy policies for the protection of PII, including individual disclosure and consent mechanisms, limitations on use of the information, and commitments with respect to the storage, use, deletion and processing of PII in a manner that complies with applicable laws and regulations will be Customer’s sole responsibility. Motorola will not evaluate the sufficiency of such policies and disclaims any responsibility or liability for privacy practices implemented by Customer, or lack thereof. Customer acknowledges and agrees that Subscription Services and the Solution are not designed to ensure individual privacy. Customer will Attachment number 1 \nPage 73 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 7 inform Users that the Solution may enable visibility to PII, as well as physical location of individuals. Further, if the Solution or Subscription Services are available to the general public pursuant to this Agreement, Customer will provide the appropriate privacy notification. Neither Motorola nor Customer can provide any assurance of individual privacy in connection with the Solution. Further, Customer is solely responsible for determining whether and how to use data gathered from social media sources for the purpose of criminal investigations or prosecution. Customer will hold Motorola harmless from any and all liability, expense, judgment, suit, or cause of action, which may accrue against Motorola for causes of action for damages related to tracking, location based services, breach of privacy, and the use or misuse of PII provided that Motorola gives Customer prompt, written notice of any such claim or suit. Motorola shall cooperate with Customer in its defense or settlement of such claim or suit. 10.3 Social Media. If Customer purchases Subscription Services that utilize social media, Customer acknowledges and agrees that such Subscription Services are not designed to ensure individual privacy. In such case, Customer will inform Users that the Solution and Subscription Services may enable visibility to PII, as well as physical location of individuals. Further, if the Solution or Subscription Services are available to the general public pursuant to this Agreement, Customer will provide the appropriate privacy notification. Neither Motorola nor Customer can provide any assurance of individual privacy in connection with the Solution or Subscription Services utilizing social media. Further, Customer is solely responsible for determining whether and how to use data gathered from social media sources for the purpose of criminal investigations or prosecution. Customer will hold Motorola harmless from any and all liability, expense, judgment, suit, or cause of action, which may accrue against Motorola for causes of action for damages related to tracking, location based services, breach of privacy, and the use or misuse of PII provided that Motorola gives Customer prompt, written notice of any such claim or suit. Motorola shall cooperate with Customer in its defense or settlement of such claim or suit. 10.4 Misuse. Motorola reserves the right to discontinue service at any time without notice to Users that misuse the Service, jeopardize the Licensed Product or public safety in any way. 11. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY 11.1 Liability Limit. Except for personal injury or death, Motorola's total liability, whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability in tort, or otherwise, will be limited to the direct damages recoverable under law, but not to exceed the price of twelve (12) months of Subscription Services provided under this Agreement. ALTHOUGH THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES, THEY AGREE THAT MOTOROLA WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY COMMERCIAL LOSS; INCONVENIENCE; LOSS OF USE, TIME, DATA, GOODWILL, REVENUES, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; OR OTHER SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES BY MOTOROLA. This limitation of liability provision survives the expiration or termination of this Agreement and applies notwithstanding any contrary provision. No action for contract breach or otherwise relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be brought more than one (1) year after the accrual of the cause of action, except for money due upon an open account. 11.2 Additional Disclaimers. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL LOSS OR COSTS OF ANY KIND ASSOCIATED WITH 1) THE INTERRUPTION, INTERFERENCE OR FAILURE OF CONNECTIVITY, VULNERABILITIES OR SECURITY EVENTS, WHETHER OR NOT THEY ARE DISCOVERED BY MOTOROLA; 2) PERFORMANCE OF CUSTOMER’S EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE OR ACCURACY OF CUSTOMER DATA; 3) IF ANY PORTION OF THE SOLUTION OR LICENSED PRODUCT RESIDES ON CUSTOMER’S PREMISES, DISRUPTIONS OF AND/OR DAMAGE TO CUSTOMER’S OR A THIRD PARTY’S INFORMATION SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, AND THE INFORMATION AND DATA, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DENIAL OF ACCESS TO A LEGITIMATE SYSTEM USER, AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS CAUSED BY INTRUSION DETECTION SOFTWARE OR HARDWARE, OR FAILURE OF THE INFORMATION SYSTEM RESULTING FROM THE PROVISION OR DELIVERY OF THE SERVICE; 4) AVAILABILITY Attachment number 1 \nPage 74 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 8 OR ACCURACY OF SOLUTION DATA; 5) INTERPRETATION, USE OR MISUSE IN ANY WAY OF SOLUTION DATA; 6) IMPLEMENTATION OF RECOMMENDATIONS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH THE SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES; 7) TRACKING, AND LOCATION BASED SERVICES, BREACH OF PRIVACY, AND THE USE OR MISUSE OF PERSONALLY IDENTIFIABLE INFORMATION. 11.3 Essential term. The parties acknowledge that the prices have been set and the Agreement entered into in reliance upon these limitations of liability and that all such limitations form an essential basis of the bargain between the parties. 12 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION 12.1 Default By a Party. If either Party fails to perform a material obligation under this Agreement, the other Party may consider the non-performing Party to be in default (unless a Force Majeure causes the failure) and may assert a default claim by giving the non-performing Party a written, detailed notice of default. Except for a default by Customer for failing to pay any amount when due under this Agreement which must be cured immediately, the defaulting Party will have thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice of default to either cure the default or, if the default is not curable within thirty (30) days, provide a written cure plan. The defaulting Party will begin implementing the cure plan immediately after receipt of notice by the other Party that it approves the plan. If Customer is the defaulting Party, Motorola may stop work on the project until it approves the Customer’s cure plan. 12.2 Failure To Cure. If a defaulting Party fails to cure the default as provided above in Section 12.1, unless otherwise agreed in writing, the non-defaulting Party may terminate any unfulfilled portion of this Agreement. In the event of a termination for default, the defaulting Party will promptly return to the non- defaulting Party any of its Confidential Information. If Customer is the non-defaulting Party, terminates this Agreement as permitted by this Section, and procures the Services through a third party, Customer may as its exclusive remedy recover from Motorola reasonable costs incurred to procure the Services (but not additional or out of scope services) less the unpaid portion of the Contract Price. Customer agrees to mitigate damages and provide Motorola with detailed invoices substantiating the charges. 12.3 No Refund. If a subscription is terminated for any reason prior to the end of the Subscription Services Term or other subscription period set forth in the Incorporated Documents or otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties, no refund or credit will be provided. 12.4 Cancellation Fee. If an Initial Minimum Term applies and Customer terminates prior to the end of the Initial Minimum Term, Customer will be required to pay a cancellation fee of up to fifty percent (50%) of the remaining balance of subscription fees for the Initial Minimum Term. 12.5 Return of Discount. If Customer is afforded a discount in exchange for a term commitment longer than one year, early termination will result in an early termination fee, representing a return of the discount off of list price. 12.6 Return Confidential Information. Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement, Customer will return or certify the destruction of all Confidential Information and Solution Data. 12.7 Connection Terminated. Certain Subscription Services require a connection to Customer systems to access Customer Data (e.g. predictive or analytic services). Upon termination, connection to relevant data sources will be disconnected and Motorola will no longer extract any Customer Data. 12.8 Equipment Return. Any equipment provided by Motorola for use with the Subscription Services, must be returned within thirty (30) days of the date of termination, at Customer’s expense. If equipment is Attachment number 1 \nPage 75 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 9 not returned within this time frame, Motorola reserves the right to invoice the Customer for the purchase price of the unreturned equipment. 12.9 Five Year Term. Motorola provides equipment for use in connection with certain Subscription Services. Upon expiration and non-renewal of a five (5) year subscription Term, Title to the equipment will automatically transfer to Customer upon the subscription expiration date. 13. DISPUTES 13.1. Settlement. The parties will attempt to settle any dispute arising from this Agreement (except for a claim relating to intellectual property or breach of confidentiality) through consultation and a spirit of mutual cooperation. The dispute will be escalated to appropriate higher-level managers of the parties, if necessary. If cooperative efforts fail, the dispute will be mediated by a mediator chosen jointly by the parties within thirty (30) days after notice by one of the parties demanding non-binding mediation. The parties will not unreasonably withhold consent to the selection of a mediator, will share the cost of the mediation equally, may agree to postpone mediation until they have completed some specified but limited discovery about the dispute, and may replace mediation with some other form of non-binding alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”). 13.2 Litigation. A Party may submit to a court of competent jurisdiction any claim relating to intellectual property, breach of confidentiality, or any dispute that cannot be resolved between the parties through negotiation or mediation within two (2) months after the date of the initial demand for non-binding mediation. Each Party consents to jurisdiction over it by that court. The use of ADR procedures will not be considered under the doctrine of laches, waiver, or estoppel to affect adversely the rights of either Party. Either Party may resort to the judicial proceedings described in this section before the expiration of the two-month ADR period if good faith efforts to resolve the dispute under these procedures have been unsuccessful; or interim relief from the court is necessary to prevent serious and irreparable injury to the Party. 14. SECURITY. 14.1 Industry Standard. Motorola will maintain industry standard security measures to protect the Solution from intrusion, breach, or corruption. During the term of Agreement, if the Solution enables access to Criminal Justice Information (“CJI”), as defined by the Criminal Justice Information Services Security Policy (“CJIS”), Motorola will provide and comply with a CJIS Security Addendum. Any additional Security measure desired by Customer may be available for an additional fee. 14.2 Background checks. Motorola will require its personnel that access CJI to submit to a background check based on submission of FBI fingerprint cards. 14.3 Customer Security Measures. Customer is independently responsible for establishing and maintaining its own policies and procedures and for ensuring compliance with CJIS and other security requirements that are outside the scope of the Subscription Services provided. Customer must establish and ensure compliance with access control policies and procedures, including password security measures. Further, Customer must maintain industry standard security and protective data privacy measures. Motorola disclaims any responsibility or liability whatsoever for the security or preservation of Customer Data or Solution Data once accessed or viewed by Customer or its representatives. Motorola further disclaims any responsibility or liability whatsoever that relates to or arise from Customer's failure to maintain industry standard security and data privacy measures and controls, including but not limited to lost or stolen passwords. Motorola reserves the right to terminate the Service if Customer’s failure to maintain or comply with industry standard security and control measures negatively impacts the Service, Solution, or Motorola’s own security measures. Attachment number 1 \nPage 76 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 10 14.4 Breach Response Plan. Both parties will maintain and follow a breach response plan consistent with the standards of their respective industries. 15. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS 15.1. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. 15.1.1. Treatment of Confidential Information. During the term of this Agreement, the parties may provide each other with Confidential Information. Licensed Products, and all Deliverables will be deemed to be Motorola’s Confidential Information. Each Party will: maintain the confidentiality of the other Party’s Confidential Information and not disclose it to any third party, except as authorized by the disclosing Party in writing or as required by a court of competent jurisdiction; restrict disclosure of the Confidential Information to its employees who have a “need to know” and not copy or reproduce the Confidential Information; take necessary and appropriate precautions to guard the confidentiality of the Confidential Information, including informing its employees who handle the Confidential Information that it is confidential and is not to be disclosed to others, but those precautions will be at least the same degree of care that the receiving Party applies to its own confidential information and will not be less than reasonable care; and use the Confidential Information only in furtherance of the performance of this Agreement or pursuant to the license granted immediately below. 15.1.2. Ownership of Confidential Information. The disclosing Party owns and retains all of its Proprietary Rights in and to its Confidential Information, except the disclosing Party hereby grants to the receiving Party the limited right and license, on a non-exclusive, irrevocable, and royalty-free basis, to use the Confidential Information for any lawful, internal business purpose in the manner and to the extent permitted by this Agreement. 15.2. PRESERVATION OF PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. 15.2.1 Proprietary Solution. Customer acknowledges that the Licensed Products and any associated Documentation, data, and methodologies used in providing Services are proprietary to Motorola or its third party licensors and contain valuable trade secrets. In accordance with this Agreement, Customer and its employees shall treat the Solution and all Proprietary Rights as Confidential Information and will maintain the strictest confidence. 15.2.2. Ownership. Each Party owns and retains all of its Proprietary Rights that exist on the Effective Date. Motorola owns and retains all Proprietary Rights that are developed, originated, or prepared in connection with providing the Deliverables or Services to Customer, and this Agreement does not grant to Customer any shared development rights. At Motorola’s request and expense, Customer will execute all papers and provide reasonable assistance to Motorola to enable Motorola to establish the Proprietary Rights. Unless otherwise explicitly stated herein, this Agreement does not restrict a Party concerning its own Proprietary Rights and is not a grant (either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise) of a Party’s Proprietary Rights to the other Party. 15.3 Remedies. Because Licensed Products contain valuable trade secrets and proprietary information of Motorola, its vendors and licensors, Customer acknowledges and agrees that any actual or threatened breach of this Section will constitute immediate, irreparable harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be an inadequate remedy, and that injunctive relief is an appropriate remedy for such breach. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Motorola reserves the right Attachment number 1 \nPage 77 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 11 to obtain injunctive relief and any other appropriate remedies from any court of competent jurisdiction in connection with any actual, alleged, or suspected breach of Section 3, infringement, misappropriation or violation of Motorola’s Property Rights, or the unauthorized use of Motorola’s Confidential Information. Any such action or proceeding may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the parties' rights and remedies under this Agreement are cumulative. 16. GENERAL 16.1 Future Regulatory Requirements. The Parties acknowledge and agree that this is an evolving technological area and therefore, laws and regulations regarding Subscription Services and use of the Solution may change. Changes to existing Subscription Services or Solution required to achieve regulatory compliance may be available for an additional fee. Any required changes may also impact the Fees for services. 16.2 Compliance with Applicable Laws. Each Party will comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations and rules concerning the performance of this Agreement. Further, Customer will comply with all applicable export and import control laws and regulations in its use of the Licensed Products and Subscription Services. In particular, Customer will not export or re-export the Licensed Products without Motorola’s' prior written consent, and, if such consent is granted, without Customer first obtaining all required United States and foreign government licenses. Customer further agrees to comply with all applicable laws and regulations in providing the Customer Data to Motorola, and Customer warrants and represents to Motorola that Customer has all rights necessary to provide such Customer Data to Motorola for the uses as contemplated hereunder. Customer shall obtain at its expense all necessary licenses, permits and regulatory approvals required by any and all governmental authorities as may from time to time be required in connection with its activities related to this Agreement. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Customer will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Motorola from and against any violation of such laws or regulations by Customer or any of its agents, officers, directors, or employees. 16.3 Audit. Motorola reserves the right to monitor and audit use of the Subscription Services. Customer will cooperate and will require Users to cooperate with such monitoring or audit. 16.4 Assignability. Except as provided herein, neither Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Any attempted assignment, delegation, or transfer without the necessary consent will be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Motorola may assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or its right to receive payment without the prior consent of Customer. In addition, in the event Motorola separates one or more of its businesses (each a “Separated Business”), whether by way of a sale, establishment of a joint venture, spin-off or otherwise (each a “Separation Event”), Motorola may, without the prior written consent of the other Party and at no additional cost to Motorola, assign this Agreement such that it will continue to benefit the Separated Business and its affiliates (and Motorola and its affiliates, to the extent applicable) following the Separation Event. Motorola may subcontract any of the work, but subcontracting will not relieve Motorola of its duties under this Agreement. 16.5 Subcontracting. Motorola may subcontract any portion of the Subscription Services without prior notice or consent of Customer. 16.6 Waiver. Failure or delay by either Party to exercise a right or power will not be a waiver of the right or power. For a waiver of a right or power to be effective, it must be in a writing signed by the waiving Party. An effective waiver of a right or power will not be construed as either a future or continuing waiver of that same right or power, or the waiver of any other right or power. 16.7 Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders any part of this Agreement invalid or otherwise unenforceable, that part will be severed and the remainder of this Agreement will continue in Attachment number 1 \nPage 78 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 12 full force and effect. 16.8 Independent Contractors. Each Party will perform its duties under this Agreement as an independent contractor. The parties and their personnel will not be considered to be employees or agents of the other Party. Nothing in this Agreement will be interpreted as granting either Party the right or authority to make commitments of any kind for the other. This Agreement will not constitute, create, or be interpreted as a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 16.9 Headings. The section headings in this Agreement are inserted only for convenience and are not to be construed as part of this Agreement or as a limitation of the scope of the particular section to which the heading refers. This Agreement will be fairly interpreted in accordance with its terms and conditions and not for or against either Party. 16.10 Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois. 16.11 Notices. Notices required under this Agreement to be given by one Party to the other must be in writing and either personally delivered or sent to the address provided by the other Party by certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid (or by a recognized courier service, such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL), or by facsimile with correct answerback received, and will be effective upon receipt. 16.12 Authority To Execute Agreement. Each Party represents that it has obtained all necessary approvals, consents and authorizations to enter into this Agreement and to perform its duties under this Agreement; the person executing this Agreement on its behalf has the authority to do so; upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties, it is a valid and binding contract, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement does not violate any bylaw, charter, regulation, law or any other governing authority of the Party. 16.13 Return of Equipment. Upon termination of the contract for any reason, Customer shall return to Motorola all equipment delivered to Customer, if any. 16.14. Survival Of Terms. The following provisions survives the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: if any payment obligations exist, Section 5 (Subscription Fees); Section 11 (Limitation of Liability); Section 12 (Default and Termination); Section 13 (Disputes); Section 15 (Confidential Information and Proprietary Rights);; and all General provisions in Section 16. 16.15. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and any Incorporated Documents or related attachments constitute the entire agreement of the Parties regarding the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all previous agreements, proposals, and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to this subject matter. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by authorized representatives of both Parties. The preprinted terms and conditions found on any Customer purchase or purchase order, acknowledgment or other form will not be considered an amendment or modification of this Agreement, even if a representative of each Party signs that document. Attachment number 1 \nPage 79 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 13 In witness whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date. CUSTOMER MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC. BY: _________________________ BY: ___________________________ NAME: ______________________ NAME: ________________________ TITLE: ______________________ TITLE: _________________________ DATE: ______________________ DATE: __________________________ BILL TO ADDRESS: SHIP TO ADDRESS: Name: _________________________ Name: _________________________ Address: _______________________ Address: _______________________ Address: _______________________ Address: _______________________ Phone #: _______________________ Phone #: _______________________ FINAL DESTINATION: Name: _________________________ Address: _______________________ Address: _______________________ Phone #: _______________________ Attachment number 1 \nPage 80 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 14 ADDENDUM DIGITAL EVIDENCE MANAGEMENT SOLUTION The following additional terms will apply to Subscription Services from Motorola’s Digital Evidence Management Solution. If any term in this Attachment conflicts with a term in the main body of the Agreement, this Attachment will govern. 1. DATA STORAGE. Motorola will determine, in its sole discretion, the location of the stored content for CommandCentral Vault Services. All data, replications, and backups will be stored at a location in the United States for Customers in the United States. 2. DATA RETRIEVAL. CommandCentral Services will leverage different types of storage to optimize the Subscription Services, as determined in Motorola’s sole discretion. For multimedia data, such as videos, pictures, audio files, Motorola will, in its sole discretion, determine the type of storage medium used to store the content. The type of storage and medium selected by Motorola will determine the data retrieval speed. Access to content in archival storage may take up to 8 hours to be viewable. 3. API SUPPORT. Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the Application Programming Interface (“API”) offered as part of the CommandCentral Services during the term of this Addendum. APIs will evolve and mature over time, requiring changes and updates. Previous versions of APIs will be supported for a minimum of a 6 month time period after new version is introduced. If support of the API is no longer a commercially reasonable option, Motorola will provide reasonable advance notification to Customer. If an API presents a security risk to the Subscription Services or the Solution, Motorola will discontinue an API without prior warning. 4. SERVICE LEVEL TARGETS. Commercially reasonable efforts will be made to provide monthly availability of 99.9% with the exception of maintenance windows. There are many factors beyond Motorola’s control that may impact Motorola’s ability to achieve this goal, including but not limited to a Force Majeure. Additionally, Motorola will strive to meet the response time goals set forth in the table below. RESPONSE TIME GOALS SEVERITY LEVEL DEFINITION RESPONSE TIME 1 Total System Failure - occurs when the System is not functioning and there is no workaround; such as a Central Server is down or when the workflow of an entire agency is not functioning. This level is meant to represent a major issue that results in an unusable System, Subsystem, Product, or critical features. No work around or immediate solution is available. Telephone conference within 1 Hour of initial voice notification Attachment number 1 \nPage 81 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 15 2 Critical Failure - Critical process failure occurs when a crucial element in the System that does not prohibit continuance of basic operations is not functioning and there is usually no suitable work-around. Note that this may not be applicable to intermittent problems. This level is meant to represent a moderate issue that limits a Customer’s normal use of the System, Subsystem, Product or major non-critical features. Telephone conference within 3 Business Hours of initial voice notification during normal business hours 3 Non-Critical Failure - Non-Critical part or component failure occurs when a System component is not functioning, but the System is still useable for its intended purpose, or there is a reasonable workaround. This level is meant to represent a minor issue that does not preclude use of the System, Subsystem, Product, or critical features. Telephone conference within 6 Business Hours of initial notification during normal business hours 4 Inconvenience - An inconvenience occurs when System causes a minor disruption in the way tasks are performed but does not stop workflow. This level is meant to represent very minor issues, such as cosmetic issues, documentation errors, general usage questions, and product or System Update requests. Telephone conference within 2 Standard Business Days of initial notification 5. MAINTENANCE Scheduled maintenance of CommandCentral Solutions will be performed periodically. Motorola will make commercially reasonable efforts to notify customers a week in advance. Unscheduled and emergency maintenance may be required from time to time. Motorola will make commercially reasonable efforts to notify customers of unscheduled or emergency maintenance 24 hours in advance. 6. DEVICES. If Customer elects Motorola’s service option for Devices, such service option will be governed by the additional terms and conditions set forth below in this Section. 6.1. For Devices to be eligible for the Device as a Service (“DaaS”) offering the Devices must be on the then current firmware version. The Capture Mobile Camera feature requires the latest version of the Android or iOS operating system. Additionally, Customer’s Wi-Fi network must comply with the requirements found below, Wi-Fi Network Requirements. If Customer’s Wi-Fi network does not comply with these requirements Customer will be responsible for additional costs that may be incurred related to bring the Wi-Fi network into compliance. 6.2. Smart Interface Device Refresh: Customers who have chosen a 5-year Term for the DaaS offering will receive a new version of the Device 30 months from the start of the Term or as soon as a new version is available. The new version Device must be in the same family as the previously selected model. The refresh will only include the Device. Any carry holders, batteries or other accessories will not be refreshed. The Devices being refreshed must be returned to Motorola within 60 days of the refreshed devices being shipped. The customer will be invoiced for any devices not returned or returned damaged or nonfunctional. Subject to Motorola’s receipt of all applicable fees for the 5-year service offering, on expiration of the 5-year term title to any covered Devices will pass to Customer. Attachment number 1 \nPage 82 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 16 6.3. If Customer elects a 5-year or greater Term for the DaaS offering, Motorola will provide the equipment necessary to enable the DaaS. Accessories for the Devices will not be provided and must be purchased separately, if desired. 6.4. Content will be downloadable at any time through the administrative interface during the Term of the Agreement. During the Initial Term, Motorola may provide general assistance as Customer learns to download or store content. After the Initial Term, additional storage term or assistance with downloading of content may be available for an additional fee. 6.5 Wi-Fi Network Requirements 6.5.1 If any of the below items apply, additional deployment services fees may apply: • Customer's internet is through county/city IT, strict firewall policies, not able to install software on PC's • Customer requires multiple upload locations through different internet providers at each site • Customer has slow internet (<20MBps or higher for 4k video upload) • Customer doesn't have Wi-Fi • Customer doesn't use Google Chrome or uses Google Chrome but has conflicting Chrome extensions • Customer requires multiple upload locations • Customer has multicast disabled on their wireless network • Customer wants to utilize MAC address filtering 6.5.2 The following are not supported: • Wi-Fi AP's do not support 802.11AC • Customer AP does not support DNS-SD, and/or the Apple Bonjour suite Attachment number 1 \nPage 83 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 17 EQUIPMENT SALE ADDENDUM This Addendum is to the Subscription Service Agreement or other previously executed Agreement currently in force, as applicable (“Primary Agreement”) and provides additional or different terms and conditions to govern the sale of equipment and related software provided by Motorola. The terms in this Addendum are integral to and incorporated into the Primary Agreement. To the extent there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Primary Agreement and the terms and conditions of this Addendum, this Addendum takes precedence, as to the inconsistency only. 1. Exhibits The Exhibits listed below are incorporated into and made a part of this Addendum. In interpreting this Addendum and resolving any ambiguities, the main body of this Addendum takes precedence over the exhibits and any inconsistency between the exhibits will be resolved in their listed order. Documents included in the proposal and listed below as Exhibits are incorporated by this reference. Exhibit A Motorola “Software License Agreement” Exhibit B Motorola “Proposal/Quote dated ___________” or “Payment Schedule”, as applicable. Exhibit B-1 Technical and Implementation Documents, if any. Exhibit B-2 Equipment List. 2. DEFINITIONS All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as defined in the Primary Agreement. 2.1. “Product Price” means the price for the equipment and related Software and installation or related services, excluding applicable sales or similar taxes and freight charges. 2.2. “Effective Date” means that date upon which the last Party executes the Primary Agreement or, the date on which the last Party executes the Addendum, whichever is later. 2.3. “Equipment” means the equipment listed in the Equipment List that Customer purchases from Motorola pursuant to this Addendum. 2.4 “Infringement Claim” means a third party claim alleging that the Equipment manufactured by Motorola or the Motorola Software directly infringes a United States patent or copyright. 2.5. “Motorola Software” means Software that Motorola or its affiliated company owns. 2.6. “Non-Motorola Software” means Software that another party owns. 2.7. “Open Source Software” (also called “freeware” or “shareware”) software with either freely obtainable source code, license for modification, or permission for free distribution. 2.8. “Products” mean the Equipment and Software sold by Motorola under this Addendum. 2.9. “Proprietary Rights” means the patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks, trade names, mask works, know-how, ideas and concepts, moral rights, processes, methodologies, tools, techniques, and other intellectual property rights in and to the Equipment and Software, including those created or produced by Motorola under this Addendum and any corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates or modifications to or derivative works from the Software whether made by Motorola or another party. Attachment number 1 \nPage 84 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 18 2.10. “Software” means the Motorola Software and Non-Motorola Software in object code format that is furnished with the Equipment. 2.11. “Specifications” means the functionality and performance requirements that are described in the Proposal/Quote or Technical and Implementation Documents (as applicable). 2.12 “Warranty Period” means one (1) year from the date of shipment of the Products. Notwithstanding, if a third party manufacturer offers a longer warranty period, such warranty will be passed through to Customer. 3. SCOPE AND TERM 3.1. SCOPE OF WORK. Motorola will provide and install (if applicable) the Products, and perform its other contractual responsibilities, all in accordance with this Addendum. Any reference to “Subscription Services” in the Primary Agreement shall mean Product as applicable in this Addendum. 3.2. CHANGE ORDERS. Either Party may request changes within the general scope of this Addendum. Neither Party is obligated to perform requested changes unless both Parties execute a written change order. 3.3. TERM. Unless terminated in accordance with other provisions of the Primary Agreement or extended by mutual agreement of the Parties, the term of this Addendum begins on the Effective Date and continues until the expiration of the Warranty Period or three (3) years from the Effective Date, whichever occurs last. 3.4. ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE. During the Term of this Addendum, Customer may order additional Equipment or Software if it is then available. Each order must refer to the Primary Agreement and Addendum and must specify the pricing and delivery terms. Notwithstanding any additional or contrary terms in the order, the applicable provisions of this Addendum (except for pricing, delivery, and payment terms) will govern the purchase and sale of the additional Equipment or Software. Payment is due within thirty (30) days after the invoice date, and Motorola will send Customer an invoice as the additional Equipment is shipped or Software is licensed. Alternatively, Customer may register with and place orders through Motorola Online (“MOL”), and this Addendum will be the “Underlying Agreement” for those MOL transactions rather than the MOL On-Line Terms and Conditions of Sale. MOL registration and other information may be found at https://businessonline.motorolasolutions.com and the MOL telephone number is (800) 814-0601. 3.5. MAINTENANCE SERVICE. This Addendum does not cover maintenance or support of the Products except as provided under the warranty. If Customer wishes to purchase maintenance or support, Motorola will provide a separate maintenance and support proposal upon request. 3.6. MOTOROLA SOFTWARE. Any Motorola Software, including subsequent releases, is licensed to Customer solely in accordance with the Software License Agreement. Customer hereby accepts and agrees to abide by all of the terms and restrictions of the Software License Agreement. 3.7. NON-MOTOROLA SOFTWARE. Any Non-Motorola Software is licensed to Customer in accordance with the standard license, terms, and restrictions of the copyright owner on the Effective Date unless the copyright owner has granted to Motorola the right to sublicense the Non-Motorola Software pursuant to the Software License Agreement, in which case it applies and the copyright owner will have all of Licensor’s rights and protections under the Software License Agreement. Motorola makes no representations or warranties of any kind regarding Non-Motorola Software. Non-Motorola Software may include Open Source Software. Upon request by Customer, Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to determine whether any Open Source Software will be provided under this Agreement; and if so, Attachment number 1 \nPage 85 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 19 identify the Open Source Software and provide to Customer a copy of the applicable standard license (or specify where that license may be found); and provide to Customer a copy of the Open Source Software source code if it is publicly available without charge (although a distribution fee or a charge for related services may be applicable). 3.8 SUBSTITUTIONS. At no additional cost to Customer, Motorola may substitute any Equipment, Software, or services to be provided by Motorola, if the substitute meets or exceeds the Specifications and is of equivalent or better quality to the Customer. Any substitution will be reflected in a change order. Section 4 ACCEPTANCE, PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE AND DELAYS 4.1 Acceptance of the Products will occur upon delivery to Customer unless the statement of work provides for acceptance verification or testing, in which case acceptance of the Products will occur upon successful completion of the acceptance verification or testing. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Customer’s use of the Products for their operational purposes will constitute acceptance. 4.2 If this Addendum includes the performance of services relating to the Product, the proposal/quote or statement of work will describe the performance schedule, or if there is no performance schedule, within a reasonable period of time. Section 5 CONTRACT PRICE, PAYMENT, AND INVOICING 5.1. PRODUCT PRICE. The Product Price in U.S. dollars is set forth in Exhibit B and is due and payable upon Acceptance. 5.2. INVOICING AND PAYMENT. Motorola will submit invoices to Customer for Products and for installation or related services when they are performed. Customer will make payments to Motorola within thirty (30) days after the date of each invoice. Customer will make payments when due in the form of a wire transfer, check, or cashier’s check from a U.S. financial institution. Overdue invoices will bear simple interest at the maximum allowable rate. For Customer’s reference, the Federal Tax Identification Number for Motorola Solutions, Inc. is 36-1115800 5.3 FREIGHT, TITLE, AND RISK OF LOSS. Motorola will pre-pay and add all freight charges to the invoices. Title and risk of loss to the Equipment will pass to Customer upon shipment. Title to Software will not pass to Customer at any time. Motorola will pack and ship all Equipment in accordance with good commercial practices. Section 6 SITES AND SITE CONDITIONS 6.1. ACCESS TO SITES. If Motorola is providing installation or other services, Customer will provide all necessary construction and building permits, licenses, and the like; and access to the work sites or vehicles identified in the Technical and Implementation Documents as reasonably requested by Motorola so that it may perform its contractual duties. 6.2. SITE CONDITIONS. If Motorola is providing installation or other services at Customer’s sites, Customer will ensure that these work sites be safe, secure, and in compliance with all applicable industry and OSHA standards. To the extent applicable and unless the Statement of Work states to the contrary, Customer will ensure that these work sites have adequate: physical space, air conditioning and other environmental conditions; adequate and appropriate electrical power outlets, distribution, equipment and connections; and adequate telephone or other communication lines (including modem access and adequate interfacing networking capabilities), all for the installation, use and maintenance of the Products. Attachment number 1 \nPage 86 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 20 Section 7 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 7.1. EQUIPMENT WARRANTY. During the Warranty Period, Motorola warrants that the Equipment under normal use and service will be free from material defects in materials and workmanship. If Acceptance is delayed beyond six (6) months after shipment of the Products by events or causes within Customer’s control, this warranty expires eighteen (18) months after the shipment of the Products. 7.2. MOTOROLA SOFTWARE WARRANTY. Unless otherwise stated in the Software License Agreement, during the Warranty Period, Motorola warrants the Motorola Software in accordance with the terms of the Software License Agreement and the provisions of this Section that are applicable to the Motorola Software. TO THE EXTENT, IF ANY, THAT THERE IS A SEPARATE LICENSE AGREEMENT PACKAGED WITH, OR PROVIDED ELECTRONICALLY WITH, A PARTICULAR PRODUCT THAT BECOMES EFFECTIVE ON AN ACT OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE END USER, THEN THAT AGREEMENT SUPERSEDES THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT AS TO THE END USER OF EACH SUCH PRODUCT. If Acceptance is delayed beyond six (6) months after shipment of the Software by events or causes within Customer’s control, this warranty expires eighteen (18) months after the shipment of the Software. 7.3. EXCLUSIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND MOTOROLA SOFTWARE WARRANTIES. These warranties do not apply to: (i) defects or damage resulting from: use of the Equipment or Motorola Software in other than its normal, customary, and authorized manner; accident, liquids, neglect, or acts of God; testing, maintenance, disassembly, repair, installation, alteration, modification, or adjustment not provided or authorized in writing by Motorola; Customer’s failure to comply with all applicable industry and OSHA standards; (ii) breakage of or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in material or workmanship; (iii) Equipment that has had the serial number removed or made illegible; (iv) batteries (because they carry their own separate limited warranty) or consumables; (v) freight costs to ship Equipment to the repair depot; (vi) scratches or other cosmetic damage to Equipment surfaces that does not affect the operation of the Equipment; and (vii) normal or customary wear and tear. 7.4. WARRANTY CLAIMS. To assert a warranty claim, Customer must notify Motorola in writing of the claim before the expiration of the Warranty Period. Upon receipt of this notice, Motorola will investigate the warranty claim. If this investigation confirms a valid warranty claim, Motorola will (at its option and at no additional charge to Customer) repair the defective Equipment or Motorola Software, replace it with the same or equivalent product, or refund the price of the defective Equipment or Motorola Software. That action will be the full extent of Motorola’s liability for the warranty claim. If this investigation indicates the warranty claim is not valid, then Motorola may invoice Customer for responding to the claim on a time and materials basis using Motorola’s then current labor rates. Repaired or replaced product is warranted for the balance of the original applicable Warranty Period. All replaced products or parts will become the property of Motorola. 7.5. ORIGINAL END USER IS COVERED. These express limited warranties are extended by Motorola to the original user purchasing the Products for commercial, industrial, or governmental use only, and are not assignable or transferable. 7.6. DISCLAIMER OF OTHER WARRANTIES. THESE WARRANTIES ARE THE COMPLETE WARRANTIES FOR THE EQUIPMENT AND MOTOROLA SOFTWARE PROVIDED UNDER THIS ADDENDUM AND ARE GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Section 8 INDEMNIFICATION 8.1. GENERAL INDEMNITY BY MOTOROLA. Motorola will indemnify and hold Customer harmless from any and all liability, expense, judgment, suit, cause of action, or demand for personal injury, death, or direct damage to tangible property which may accrue against Customer to the extent it is caused by Attachment number 1 \nPage 87 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 21 the negligence of Motorola, its subcontractors, or their employees or agents, while performing their duties under this Addendum, if Customer gives Motorola prompt, written notice of any claim or suit. Customer will cooperate with Motorola in its defense or settlement of the claim or suit. This section sets forth the full extent of Motorola’s general indemnification of Customer from liabilities that are in any way related to Motorola’s performance under this Addendum. 8.2. PATENT AND COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT INDEMNIFICATION 8.2.1. Motorola will defend at its expense any suit brought against Customer to the extent it is based on a third-party claim alleging that the Equipment manufactured by Motorola or the Motorola Software (“Motorola Product”) directly infringes a United States patent or copyright (“Infringement Claim”). Motorola’s duties to defend and indemnify are conditioned upon: Customer promptly notifying Motorola in writing of the Infringement Claim; Motorola having sole control of the defense of the suit and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise; and Customer providing to Motorola cooperation and, if requested by Motorola, reasonable assistance in the defense of the Infringement Claim. In addition to Motorola’s obligation to defend, and subject to the same conditions, Motorola will pay all damages finally awarded against Customer by a court of competent jurisdiction for an Infringement Claim or agreed to, in writing, by Motorola in settlement of an Infringement Claim. 8.2.2. If an Infringement Claim occurs, or in Motorola's opinion is likely to occur, Motorola may at its option and expense: (a) procure for Customer the right to continue using the Motorola Product; (b) replace or modify the Motorola Product so that it becomes non-infringing while providing functionally equivalent performance; or (c) accept the return of the Motorola Product and grant Customer a credit for the Motorola Product, less a reasonable charge for depreciation. The depreciation amount will be calculated based upon generally accepted accounting standards. 8.2.3. Motorola will have no duty to defend or indemnify for any Infringement Claim that is based upon: (a) the combination of the Motorola Product with any software, apparatus or device not furnished by Motorola; (b) the use of ancillary equipment or software not furnished by Motorola and that is attached to or used in connection with the Motorola Product; (c) Motorola Product designed or manufactured in accordance with Customer’s designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions, if the alleged infringement would not have occurred without such designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions; (d) a modification of the Motorola Product by a party other than Motorola; (e) use of the Motorola Product in a manner for which the Motorola Product was not designed or that is inconsistent with the terms of this Addendum; or (f) the failure by Customer to install an enhancement release to the Motorola Software that is intended to correct the claimed infringement. In no event will Motorola’s liability resulting from its indemnity obligation to Customer extend in any way to royalties payable on a per use basis or the Customer’s revenues, or any royalty basis other than a reasonable royalty based upon revenue derived by Motorola from Customer from sales or license of the infringing Motorola Product. 8.2.4. This Section 12 provides Customer’s sole and exclusive remedies and Motorola’s entire liability in the event of an Infringement Claim. Customer has no right to recover and Motorola has no obligation to provide any other or further remedies, whether under another provision of this Addendum or any other legal theory or principle, in connection with an Infringement Claim. In addition, the rights and remedies provided in this Section 10 are subject to and limited by the restrictions set forth in Section 9. Section 9 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Except for personal injury, death or damage to tangible property, Motorola's total liability, whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability in tort, indemnification, or otherwise, will be limited to the direct damages recoverable under law, but not to exceed the price of the Equipment, Software, or services with respect to which losses or damages are claimed. ALTHOUGH THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES, THEY AGREE THAT MOTOROLA WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY COMMERCIAL LOSS; INCONVENIENCE; LOSS OF USE, TIME, DATA, GOOD WILL, REVENUES, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; OR OTHER SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, Attachment number 1 \nPage 88 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 22 INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING FROM THIS ADDENDUM, THE SALE OR USE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE, OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES BY MOTOROLA PURSUANT TO THIS ADDENDUM. This limitation of liability provision survives the expiration or termination of the Addendum and applies notwithstanding any contrary provision. No action for contract breach or otherwise relating to the transactions contemplated by this Addendum may be brought more than one (1) year after the accrual of the cause of action, except for money due upon an open account. Section 10 GENERAL 10.1. TAXES. The Contract Price does not include excise, sales, lease, use, property, or other taxes, assessments or duties, all of which will be paid by Customer except as exempt by law. If Motorola is required to pay any of these taxes, Motorola will send an invoice to Customer and Customer will pay to Motorola the amount of the taxes (including any interest and penalties) within thirty (30) days after the date of the invoice. Customer will be solely responsible for reporting the Equipment for personal property tax purposes, and Motorola will be solely responsible for reporting taxes on its income or net worth. 10.2 MISCELLANEOUS. This addendum may be executed in multiple counterparts, and shall have the same legal force and effect as if the Parties had executed it as a single document. The Parties may sign in writing, or by electronic signature, including by email. An electronic signature, or a facsimile copy or computer image, such as a PDF or tiff image, of a signature, shall be treated as and shall have the same effect as an original signature. In addition, an electronic signature, a true and correct facsimile copy or computer image of this Addendum shall be treated as and shall have the same effect as an original signed copy of this document. 10.3 AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE ADDENDUM. Each Party represents that it has obtained all necessary approvals, consents and authorizations to enter into this Addendum and to perform its duties under this Addendum; the person executing this Addendum on its behalf has the authority to do so; upon execution and delivery of this Addendum by the Parties, it is a valid and binding contract, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and the execution, delivery, and performance of this Addendum does not violate any bylaw, charter, regulation, law or any other governing authority of the Party. The Parties hereby enter into this Addendum as of the Effective Date. Motorola Solutions, Inc. Augusta Georgia By: ______________________________ By: ______________________________ Name: ___________________________ Name: ____________________________ Title: ____________________________ Title: _____________________________ Date: ____________________________ Date: _____________________________ Attachment number 1 \nPage 89 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 23 EXHIBIT A MOTOROLA SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT This Exhibit A Motorola Software License Agreement ("Agreement") is between Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola") and Augusta Georgia (“Licensee”). For good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows: Section 1 DEFINITIONS 1.1 “Designated Products” means products provided by Motorola to Licensee with which or for which the Software and Documentation is licensed for use. 1.2 “Documentation” means product and software documentation that specifies technical and performance features and capabilities, and the user, operation and training manuals for the Software (including all physical or electronic media upon which such information is provided). 1.3 “Open Source Software” means software with either freely obtainable source code, license for modification, or permission for free distribution. 1.4 “Open Source Software License” means the terms or conditions under which the Open Source Software is licensed. 1.5 “Primary Agreement” means the Addendum to which this exhibit is attached. 1.6 “Security Vulnerability” means a flaw or weakness in system security procedures, design, implementation, or internal controls that could be exercised (accidentally triggered or intentionally exploited) and result in a security breach such that data is compromised, manipulated or stolen or the system damaged. 1.7 “Software” (i) means proprietary software in object code format, and adaptations, translations, de-compilations, disassemblies, emulations, or derivative works of such software; (ii) means any modifications, enhancements, new versions and new releases of the software provided by Motorola; and (iii) may contain one or more items of software owned by a third party supplier. The term "Software" does not include any third party software provided under separate license or third party software not licensable under the terms of this Agreement. Section 2 SCOPE Motorola and Licensee enter into this Agreement in connection with Motorola's delivery of certain proprietary software or products containing embedded or pre-loaded proprietary software, or both. This Agreement contains the terms and conditions of the license Motorola is providing to Licensee, and Licensee’s use of the proprietary software and affiliated documentation. Section 3 GRANT OF LICENSE 3.1. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the payment of applicable license fees, Motorola grants to Licensee a personal, limited, non-transferable (except as permitted in Section 7) and non-exclusive license under Motorola’s copyrights and Confidential Information (as defined in the Primary Agreement) embodied in the Software to use the Software, in object code form, and the Documentation solely in connection with Licensee's use of the Designated Products. This Agreement does not grant any rights to source code. 3.2. If the Software licensed under this Agreement contains or is derived from Open Source Attachment number 1 \nPage 90 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 24 Software, the terms and conditions governing the use of such Open Source Software are in the Open Source Software Licenses of the copyright owner and not this Agreement. If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Open Source Software Licenses governing Licensee’s use of the Open Source Software, the terms and conditions of the license grant of the applicable Open Source Software Licenses will take precedence over the license grants in this Agreement. If requested by Licensee, Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) determine whether any Open Source Software is provided under this Agreement; and (ii) identify the Open Source Software (or specify where that license may be found). Section 4 LIMITATIONS ON USE 4.1. Licensee may use the Software only for Licensee's internal business purposes and only in accordance with the Documentation. Any other use of the Software is strictly prohibited. Without limiting the general nature of these restrictions, Licensee will not make the Software available for use by third parties on a "time sharing," "application service provider," or "service bureau" basis or for any other similar commercial rental or sharing arrangement. 4.2. Licensee will not, and will not allow or enable any third party to: (i) reverse engineer, disassemble, peel components, decompile, reprogram or otherwise reduce the Software or any portion to a human perceptible form or otherwise attempt to recreate the source code; (ii) modify, adapt, create derivative works of, or merge the Software; (iii) copy, reproduce, distribute, lend, or lease the Software or Documentation to any third party, grant any sublicense or other rights in the Software or Documentation to any third party, or take any action that would cause the Software or Documentation to be placed in the public domain; (iv) remove, or in any way alter or obscure, any copyright notice or other notice of Motorola's proprietary rights; (v) provide, copy, transmit, disclose, divulge or make the Software or Documentation available to, or permit the use of the Software by any third party or on any machine except as expressly authorized by this Agreement; or (vi) use, or permit the use of, the Software in a manner that would result in the production of a copy of the Software solely by activating a machine containing the Software. Licensee may make one copy of Software to be used solely for archival, back-up, or disaster recovery purposes; provided that Licensee may not operate that copy of the Software at the same time as the original Software is being operated. Licensee may make as many copies of the Documentation as it may reasonably require for the internal use of the Software. 4.3. Unless otherwise authorized by Motorola in writing, Licensee will not, and will not enable or allow any third party to: (i) install a licensed copy of the Software on more than one unit of a Designated Product; or (ii) copy onto or transfer Software installed in one unit of a Designated Product onto one other device. Licensee may temporarily transfer Software installed on a Designated Product to another device if the Designated Product is inoperable or malfunctioning, if Licensee provides written notice to Motorola of the temporary transfer and identifies the device on which the Software is transferred. Temporary transfer of the Software to another device must be discontinued when the original Designated Product is returned to operation and the Software must be removed from the other device. Licensee must provide prompt written notice to Motorola at the time temporary transfer is discontinued. 4.4 Licensee will maintain, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two years thereafter, accurate records relating to this license grant to verify compliance with this Agreement. Motorola or an independent third party (“Auditor”) may inspect Licensee’s premises, books and records, upon reasonable prior notice to Licensee, during Licensee’s normal business hours and subject to Licensee's facility and security regulations. Motorola is responsible for the payment of all expenses and costs of the Auditor. Any information obtained by Motorola and the Auditor will be kept in strict confidence by Motorola and the Auditor and used solely for the purpose of verifying Licensee's compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Attachment number 1 \nPage 91 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 25 Attachment number 1 \nPage 92 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 26 Section 5 OWNERSHIP AND TITLE Motorola, its licensors, and its suppliers retain all of their proprietary rights in any form in and to the Software and Documentation, including, but not limited to, all rights in patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, trade names, and other proprietary rights in or relating to the Software and Documentation (including any corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates, modifications, adaptations, translations, de-compilations, disassemblies, emulations to or derivative works from the Software or Documentation, whether made by Motorola or another party, or any improvements that result from Motorola’s processes or, provision of information services). No rights are granted to Licensee under this Agreement by implication, estoppel or otherwise, except for those rights which are expressly granted to Licensee in this Agreement. All intellectual property developed, originated, or prepared by Motorola in connection with providing the Software, Designated Products, Documentation or related services, remains vested exclusively in Motorola, and Licensee will not have any shared development or other intellectual property rights. Section 6 LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY 6.1. Unless otherwise stated in the Primary Agreement, the commencement date and the term of the Software warranty will be a period of ninety (90) days from Motorola's shipment of the Software (the "Warranty Period"). If Licensee is not in breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement, Motorola warrants that the unmodified Software, when used properly and in accordance with the Documentation and this Agreement, will be free from a reproducible defect that eliminates the functionality or successful operation of a feature critical to the primary functionality or successful operation of the Software. Whether a defect occurs will be determined by Motorola solely with reference to the Documentation. Motorola does not warrant that Licensee’s use of the Software or the Designated Products will be uninterrupted, error-free, completely free of Security Vulnerabilities, or that the Software or the Designated Products will meet Licensee’s particular requirements. Motorola makes no representations or warranties with respect to any third party software included in the Software. Notwithstanding, any warranty provided by a copyright owner in its standard license terms will flow through to Licensee for third party software provided by Motorola. 6.2 Motorola’s sole obligation to Licensee and Licensee’s exclusive remedy under this warranty is to use reasonable efforts to remedy any material Software defect covered by this warranty. These efforts will involve either replacing the media or attempting to correct significant, demonstrable program or documentation errors or Security Vulnerabilities. If Motorola cannot correct the defect within a reasonable time, then at Motorola’s option, Motorola will replace the defective Software with functionally-equivalent Software, license to Licensee substitute Software which will accomplish the same objective, or terminate the license and refund the Licensee’s paid license fee. 6.3. Warranty claims are described in the Primary Agreement. 6.4. The express warranties set forth in this Section 6 are in lieu of, and Motorola disclaims, any and all other warranties (express or implied, oral or written) with respect to the Software or Documentation, including, without limitation, any and all implied warranties of condition, title, non-infringement, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose or use by Licensee (whether or not Motorola knows, has reason to know, has been advised, or is otherwise aware of any such purpose or use), whether arising by law, by reason of custom or usage of trade, or by course of dealing. In addition, Motorola disclaims any warranty to any person other than Licensee with respect to the Software or Documentation. Section 7 TRANSFERS Licensee will not transfer the Software or Documentation to any third party without Motorola's prior written consent. Motorola’s consent may be withheld at its discretion and may be conditioned upon transferee paying all applicable license fees and agreeing to be bound by this Agreement. If the Designated Attachment number 1 \nPage 93 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 27 Products are Motorola's radio products and Licensee transfers ownership of the Motorola radio products to a third party, Licensee may assign its right to use the Software (other than CPS and Motorola's FLASHport® software) which is embedded in or furnished for use with the radio products and the related Documentation; provided that Licensee transfers all copies of the Software and Documentation to the transferee, and Licensee and the transferee sign a transfer form to be provided by Motorola upon request, obligating the transferee to be bound by this Agreement. Section 8 TERM AND TERMINATION 8.1 Licensee’s right to use the Software and Documentation will begin when the Primary Agreement is signed by both parties and will continue for the life of the Designated Products with which or for which the Software and Documentation have been provided by Motorola, unless Licensee breaches this Agreement, in which case this Agreement and Licensee's right to use the Software and Documentation may be terminated immediately upon notice by Motorola. 8.2 Within thirty (30) days after termination of this Agreement, Licensee must certify in writing to Motorola that all copies of the Software have been removed or deleted from the Designated Products and that all copies of the Software and Documentation have been returned to Motorola or destroyed by Licensee and are no longer in use by Licensee. 8.3 Licensee acknowledges that Motorola made a considerable investment of resources in the development, marketing, and distribution of the Software and Documentation and that Licensee's breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be inadequate. If Licensee breaches this Agreement, Motorola may terminate this Agreement and be entitled to all available remedies at law or in equity (including immediate injunctive relief and repossession of all non-embedded Software and associated Documentation unless Licensee is a Federal agency of the United States Government). Section 9 COMMERCIAL COMPUTER SOFTWARE 9.1 This Section 9 only applies to U.S. Government end users. The Software, Documentation and updates are commercial items as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. Part 2.101, consisting of “commercial computer software” and “computer software documentation” as such terms are defined in 48 C.F.R. Part 252.227-7014(a)(1) and 48 C.F.R. Part 252.227-7014(a)(5), and used in 48 C.F.R. Part 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. Part 227.7202, as applicable. Consistent with 48 C.F.R. Part 12.212, 48 C.F.R. Part 252.227-7015, 48 C.F.R. Part 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, 48 C.F.R. Part 52.227-19, and other relevant sections of the Code of Federal Regulations, as applicable, the Software, Documentation and Updates are distributed and licensed to U.S. Government end users: (i) only as commercial items, and (ii) with only those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions contained herein. 9.2 If Licensee is licensing Software for end use by the United States Government or a United States Government agency, Licensee may transfer such Software license, but only if: (i) Licensee transfers all copies of such Software and Documentation to such United States Government entity or interim transferee, and (ii) Licensee has first obtained from the transferee (if applicable) and ultimate end user an enforceable end user license agreement containing restrictions substantially identical to the ones contained in this Agreement. Except as stated in the foregoing, Licensee and any transferee(s) authorized by this subsection 9.2 may not otherwise use or transfer or make available any Motorola software to any third party nor permit any party to do so. Section 10 CONFIDENTIALITY Licensee acknowledges that the Software and Documentation contain Motorola’s valuable proprietary and Confidential Information and are Motorola’s trade secrets, and that the provisions in the Primary Agreement concerning Confidential Information apply. Attachment number 1 \nPage 94 of 120 Item # 7 Subscription Services Agreement v.10.04.2018 28 Section 11 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY The Limitation of Liability provision is described in the Equipment Sale Addendum. Section 13 GENERAL 13.1. COPYRIGHT NOTICES. The existence of a copyright notice on the Software will not be construed as an admission or presumption of publication of the Software or public disclosure of any trade secrets associated with the Software. 13.2. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Licensee acknowledges that the Software is subject to the laws and regulations of the United States and Licensee will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including export laws and regulations of the United States. Licensee will not, without the prior authorization of Motorola and the appropriate governmental authority of the United States, in any form export or re-export, sell or resell, ship or reship, or divert, through direct or indirect means, any item or technical data or direct or indirect products sold or otherwise furnished to any person within any territory for which the United States Government or any of its agencies at the time of the action, requires an export license or other governmental approval. Violation of this provision is a material breach of this Agreement. 13.3. ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBCONTRACTING. Motorola may assign its rights or subcontract its obligations under this Agreement, or encumber or sell its rights in any Software, without prior notice to or consent of Licensee. 13.4. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the United States to the extent that they apply and otherwise by the internal substantive laws of the State of Georgia. The terms of the U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods do not apply. In the event that the Uniform Computer Information Transaction Act, any version of this Act, or a substantially similar law (collectively "UCITA") becomes applicable to a party's performance under this Agreement, UCITA does not govern any aspect of this Agreement or any license granted under this Agreement, or any of the parties' rights or obligations under this Agreement. The governing law will be that in effect prior to the applicability of UCITA. 13.5. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is entered into solely for the benefit of Motorola and Licensee. No third party has the right to make any claim or assert any right under this Agreement, and no third party is deemed a beneficiary of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any licensor or supplier of third party software included in the Software will be a direct and intended third party beneficiary of this Agreement. 13.6. SURVIVAL. Sections 4, 5, 6.4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 13 survive the termination of this Agreement. 13.7. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE. In the event of inconsistencies between this Exhibit and the Primary Agreement, the parties agree that this Exhibit prevails, only with respect to the specific subject matter of this Exhibit, and not the Primary Agreement or any other exhibit as it applies to any other subject matter. 13.8 SECURITY. Motorola uses reasonable means in the design and writing of its own Software and the acquisition of third party Software to limit Security Vulnerabilities. While no software can be guaranteed to be free from Security Vulnerabilities, if a Security Vulnerability is discovered, Motorola will take the steps set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement. Attachment number 1 \nPage 95 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Product Literature 8-1 SECTION 8 PRODUCT LITERATURE 8.1 PRODUCT LITERATURE Please see the pages that follow for the Product Literature. Attachment number 1 \nPage 96 of 120 Item # 7 SUPPORT 1.888.281.5182 | sales@avigilon.com | avigilon.com VI D E O R E C O R D E R ACC ES HD Recorder Avigilon™ Control Center (ACC) is the industry’s easiest-to-use video management software, and has revolutionized how security professionals manage and interact with high definition video. As a distributed network platform with enterprise-class reliability, Avigilon Control Center is able to efficiently capture, manage and store high definition surveillance video while intelligently managing bandwidth and storage. The ACC Edge Solution (ES) HD Recorder is an innovative addition to the ACC solution, enabling you to intelligently record locally, monitor centrally and manage remotely. KEY FEATURES Configured with Avigilon™ Control Center High Definition Network Video Management Uses Avigilon’s industry leading High Definition Stream Management (HDSM)™ technology Network Video Recorder plus integrated switch with high powered PoE output Records up to 80 Mbps of image data Up to 30 images per second per camera channel Supports HD cameras with self-learning analytics Supports up to 7K (30 MP) camera resolution Web based management interface that facilitates remote firmware upgrades The ACC ES HD Recorder is equipped with ACC and features four Power over Ethernet (PoE) network ports that support Avigilon’s full range of high definition cameras from 1 megapixel (MP) to 7K (30 MP) resolution. It is available in 2 terabyte (TB) and 4 TB storage models. Multiple appliances can be combined as a single logical site to support larger installations. By offering intelligent monitoring deployed at the network edge, the ability to store high amounts of HD video data remotely, and the ability to view live or recorded video from long distances upon demand, the ACC ES HD Recorder is ideal for centralized monitoring of critical infrastructure locations such as upstream oil and gas pipelines, power substations, telecommunications towers and important city areas. 1. Product name goes here. Attachment number 1 \nPage 97 of 120 Item # 7 Jul 2015 — Rev 1© 2015 Avigilon Corporation. All rights reserved. Unless expressly granted in writing, no license is granted with respect to any copyright, industrial design, trademark, patent or other intellectual property rights of Avigilon Corporation or its licensors. AVIGILON, the AVIGILON logo, ACC, AVIGILON CONTROL CENTER, HDSM and HIGH DEFINITION STREAM MANAGEMENT are trademarks of Avigilon Corporation. Other product names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners. The absence of the symbols ™ and ® in proximity to each trademark in this product or its packaging is not a disclaimer of ownership of the related trademark. vJul 2015 INCHES MM [9.43] 239.5 [6.67] 169.40 [1.73] 44 MECHANICAL Dimensions (LxWxH)239.5 mm x 169.4 mm x 44 mm; 9.43” x 6.67” x 1.73” Weight 3.39 kg (including power supply, mounting bracket and all packaging) ELECTRICAL Power Input 54 V, 1.67 A Power Supply Single non-redundant Power Consumption 20 W min.; 90 W max. ENVIRONMENTAL Operating Temperature 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F) Storage Temperature -40° C to 70° C (-40° F to 158° F) Humidity 10 - 90% Relative humidity (non-condensing) CERTIFICATIONS Directives UL cUL CE RoHS WEEE RCM EAC NOM Safety UL 60950-1 CSA 60950-1 IEC/EN 60950-1 Electromagnetic Emissions FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B IC ICES-003 Class B EN 55022 Class B EN 55011 EN 61000-6-3 EN 61000-3-2 EN 61000-3-3 Electromagnetic Immunity EN 55024 EN 61000-6-1 SUPPORTED ACC FEATURES System • 4 cameras / device • 5 client connections / device • Site support for up to 24 servers, 500 cameras and 100 defined users Device Support • Automatic device discovery• Avigilon HD H.264 cameras & encoders (up to 4)• Avigilon HD H.264 Pro cameras (up to 2)• ONVIF cameras & encoders Client • Saved Views • Maps• Web pages • Editable Site View • Intelligent Virtual Matrix• Collaborative investigations Recording, Searching and Playback • Hourly configurable recording schedule • Lossless recording• Pixel search • Live export • Thumbnail search • Event search• Alarm search • Multi-camera export Integrations Third-party managed system integrations Additional Features • Email event notifcation • Digital input email trigger• Manual digital output trigger • Audio recording and talkdown • Unlimited rule triggers • Redundant recording• Failover connections • Alarm escalation SYSTEM Recording Rate 80 Mbps Stream Out Rate 50 Mbps Camera Channels 4 Recording Image Rate Up to 30 images per second per channel PoE Ports 4 x 10/100 (IEEE 802.3at) — supports PoE+ on a per port basis Total PoE Output 61.6 W Uplink 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ-45 External I/O Terminals 4 Digital Inputs and 2 Relay Outputs (to be enabled with firmware update) ORDERING INFORMATION VMA-RPO-4P2 2.0 TB storage, 4 Port ACC ES HD Recorder VMA-RPO-4P4 4.0 TB storage, 4 Port ACC ES HD Recorder ENC-4P-H264 4-Port H.264 Video Encoder with 4 Audio Inputs and 4 Audio Outputs VMA-RPO-4Px-NA =VMA-RPO-4Px-UK =VMA-RPO-4Px-EU =VMA-RPO-4Px-AU = Specifications Outline Dimensions Attachment number 1 \nPage 98 of 120 Item # 7 DESCRIPTION The Verifact Model A is an omni-directional, low impedance, electret condenser microphone with built-in preamp for producing line level audio. It is housed in a high impact ABS dome designed for ceiling or wall mounting. Normal pick-up pattern is approximately 15' from the microphone location, all directions, or within 30' diameter circle. The Verifact Model B Microphone is identical to the Model A, except that it has an extension cable for positioning the microphone from 3’ to 10’ from it's dome housing. It is used with high ceiling installations. Models A and B are compatible with all Louroe Base Stations. APPLICATION When part of a Louroe Audio System, the Model A and Model B Microphones can be used in situations such as: Convenience Stores Fast Food Restaurants Booking Rooms Interrogation Rooms Sleep Disorder Centers Therapy Labs Cashier Booths Gas Stations Day Care Centers Anywhere CCTV Cameras Are Installed MODEL A MICROPHONE MODEL B MICROPHONE SPECIFICATIONS Sensitivity (microphone & preamp) Frequency response Output Current drain 80 dB SPL input provides 0.254V rms 40 Hz to 15 kHz ± 1 dB 4 mA Supply voltage 12 Vdc Output impedance Microphone housing High impact ABS Dimensions US Weight 4”" dia x 1 ½ H (10cm dia x 3.8cm H) 0.5 Lb (0.2 Kg) 600W unbalanced Line Level (0 dB @ 1000W) A-MIC/B-MIC 11/07 FEATURES +Sturdy ABS housing +Microphone can pick up normal sounds 15' away +Easy surface mount to wall or ceiling +May be located up to 1000' from base station +Phantom powered from Louroe Base Station +Microphone preamp contains sensitivity switch for lowering gain RUTEDCA INF U TNHAEMIMPORTANT NOTICE When this equipment is used as part of an audio monitoring system, the law requires that the public be given notice of AUDIO MONITORING ON THE PREMISES. A decal notice is included with each microphone shipped. Federal Law References: Federal Regulations, US Code, Title 18. Crime and Criminal Procedure, Sec 2510. AUDIO MONITORING ELOUROELECTRONICS On These Premises 2 Conductor shielded cable, 22 gauge with a 24 gauge drain wire. NOTE:Unshielded cable is not satisfactory for audio systems. WIRING REQUIREMENTS ELOUROE LECTRONICS 6955 VALJEAN AVE, VAN NUYS, CA 91406 PH: (818)994-6498 / FAX: (818)994-6458 sales@louroe.com / www.louroe.com VERIFACT A / B MICROPHONES TECHNICAL DATA SHEET metric Attachment number 1 \nPage 99 of 120 Item # 7 SUPPORT 1.888.281.5182 | sales@avigilon.com | avigilon.com H4 H D C A M E R A S E R I E S S H4 HD Indoor Dome Camera with Self-Learning Video Analytics KEY FEATURES 1-5 megapixel and 4K Ultra HD (8 MP ) resolution Patented Advanced Video Pattern Detection and Teach by Example Technology Self-learning video analytics Patented High Definition Stream Management (HDSM)™ Technology Wifi camera configuration support Available with 3-9 mm F1.3, 4.3-8 mm F1.8, or 9-22 mm F1.6 P-Iris lens with remote focus and zoom Zoom and content adaptive integrated IR (Infared) LEDs provide uniform illumination in the dark, even at 0 lux, up to a maximum of 30 m (98 ft) away Avigilon LightCatcher technology provides exceptional image quality in low light environments (1-5 MP models) Triple Exposure Ultra Wide Dynamic Range (1-3 MP models) ONVIF compliant with version 2.2.0 of the Analytics Service Specification Factory pre-configured image preset modes for maximum image performance in a variety of lighting conditions Idle Scene Mode lowers bandwidth and storage usage if there are no motion events detected in the scene Full Feature or High Framerate camera operating modes (4K Ultra HD model) Vandal resistant construction The H4 HD indoor dome cameras are a great solution for monitoring both daytime and nighttime activities. Embedded with self-learning video analytics, the H4 HD cameras seamlessly integrate with Avigilon Control Center (ACC)™, allowing security personnel to respond proactively and mitigate an incident before damage is done. They feature an integrated lens for remote focus and zoom control and are ONVIF compliant for easy integration. Avigilon’s indoor dome cameras are equipped with new Triple Exposure Ultra-Wide Dynamic Range (WDR) and patented LightCatcher™ technology, ensuring you receive excellent image detail. P-Iris control also allows the cameras to automatically set their iris position to enhance image quality in all lighting conditions, while onboard storage capabilities let you manage storage directly on the cameras using a standard SD memory card. These cameras are extremely versatile and can work in almost any location, including banks, schools, retail outlets, municipal grounds and buildings, hotels, bars and restaurants. Avigilon offers a broad range of high definition cameras – from 1 – 5 MP and 4 – 7K (based on horizontal resolution) – and are available in a variety of formats, including dome, panoramic and fixed. Whether it’s a small storefront that requires a few cameras or a large complex system requiring complete coverage of numerous areas, you can trust that you’re getting an exceptional solution for your security needs. The innovative H4 HD indoor dome cameras are just one way Avigilon can help provide effective monitoring and protection. Attachment number 1 \nPage 100 of 120 Item # 7 Specifications H4 H D C A M E R A S E R I E S IMAGE CONTROL Image Compression Method H.264 (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC), Motion JPEG Streaming Multi-stream H.264 and Motion JPEG Bandwidth Management (1.0 - 3.0 MP) HDSM; (5.0 MP and 4K Ultra HD) HDSM 2.0; (ALL) Idle Scene Mode Motion Detection Pixel and Classified Objects Camera Tampering Detection Yes Electronic Shutter Control Automatic, Manual (1/6 to 1/8000 sec) Iris Control Automatic, Manual Day/Night Control Automatic, Manual Flicker Control 50 Hz, 60 Hz White Balance Automatic, Manual Backlight Compensation Adjustable Privacy Zones Up to 64 zones Audio Compression Method G.711 PCM 8 kHz Audio Input/Output Line level input/output, A/V mini-jack (3.5 mm) Video Output (1.0 - 2.0 MP only) NTSC/PAL, A/V mini-jack (3.5 mm) External I/O Terminals Alarm In, Alarm Out USB Port USB 2.0 NETWORK Network 100BASE-TX Cabling Type CAT5 Connector RJ-45 ONVIF ONVIF compliant with version 1.02, 2.00, Profile S and 2.2.0 of the Analytics Service Specification(*bounding boxes and scene descriptions not available with third-party VMS) Security Password protection, HTTPS encryption, digest authentication, WS authentication, user access log, 802.1x port based authentication Protocol IPv4, HTTP, HTTPS, SOAP, DNS, NTP, RTSP, RTCP, RTP, TCP,UDP, IGMP, ICMP, DHCP, Zeroconf, ARP Streaming Protocols RTP/UDP, RTP/UDP multicast, RTP/RTSP/TCP, RTP/RTSP/HTTP/TCP, RTP/RTSP/HTTPS/TCP, HTTP Device Management Protocols SNMP v2c, SNMP v3 SURFACE MOUNT INDOOR DOME CAMERA IN-CEILING DOME CAMERA Dimensions (LxWxH)163 mm x 163 mm x 118 mm (6.4” x 6.4” x 4.7”)181 mm x 181 mm x 164 mm (7.1” x 7.1” x 6.5") Weight 0.95 kg (2.09 lbs) 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs) Dome Bubble Polycarbonate, clear Body Plastic, Aluminum Plastic, Aluminum Housing Surface mount, tamper resistant Recessed mount, tamper resistant Finish Plastic, gray Plastic, gray; Aluminum, powder coat, black Adjustment Range 360° pan, 9° - 95° tilt (30° - 95° tilt with -IR option), ±180° azimuth Onboard Storage SD/SDHC/SDXC slot – minimum class 4; class 6 or better recommended MECHANICAL Power Consumption 7 W (9 W for -IR option) Power Source VDC: 12 V +/- 10%, 7 W min (9 W min with -IR option)VAC: 24 V +/- 10%, 10 VA min (13 VA min with -IR option) PoE: IEEE802.3af Class 3 compliant Power Connector 2-pin terminal block RTC Backup Battery 3V manganese lithium ELECTRICAL Operating Temperature -40 °C to +60 °C (-40 °F to 140 °F) (8.0 MP only) -40 °C to +50 °C (-40 °F to 122 °F) Storage Temperature -10 °C to +70 °C (14 °F to 158 °F) Humidity 0 - 95% non-condensing ENVIRONMENTAL Lens 3 - 9 mm lens:F1.3, P-Iris, remote focus and zoom 4.3 - 8 mm lens:F1.8, P-Iris, remote focus and zoom 9 - 22 mm lens:F1.6, P-Iris, remote focus and zoom Angle of View 3 - 9 mm lens:30° – 91°32° – 98°N/A 4.3 - 8 mm lens:N/A N/A 46° – 86°44° – 81° 9 - 22 mm lens:14° – 29°15° – 31°18° – 41°N/A LENS IMAGE PERFORMANCE 1.0 MP 2.0 MP 3.0 MP 5.0 MP 4K ULTRA HD (8.0 MP) Image Sensor 1/2.8” progressive scan CMOS 1/1.8” progressive scan CMOS 1/2.3” progressive scan CMOS Aspect Ratio 16:9 4:3 16:9 Active Pixels (H x V)1280 x 720 1920 x 1080 2048 x 1536 2592 x 1944 3840 x 2160 Imaging Area (H x V)4.8 mm x 2.7mm;0.189” x 0.106”5.12 mm x 3.84 mm;0.202” x 0.151”6.22 mm x 4.66 mm0.245” x 0.183 5.95 mm x 3.35 mm0.234” x 0.132”IR Illumination (option)(High Power 850 nm LEDs)30 m (98 ft) max. distance at 0 lux 15 m (50 ft) max distance at 0 lux Minimum Illumination 3 - 9 mm lens:0.04 lux (F1.3) in color mode; 0.008 lux (F1.3) in monochrome mode N/A N/A 4.3 - 8 mm lens:N/A 0.033 lux (F1.8) in color mode; 0.0066 lux (F1.8) in monochrome mode 0.29 lux (F1.8) in color mode; 0.058 lux (F1.8) in monochrome mode 9 - 22 mm lens:0.08 lux (F1.6) in color mode; 0.016 lux (F1.6) in monochrome mode 0.026 lux (F1.6) in color mode; 0.005 lux (F1.6) in monochrome mode N/A Image Rate (full resolution)30 fps 30 fps (20 fps with WDR enabled)30 fps 20 fps (30 fps in High Framerate mode) Dynamic Range 67 dB 83 dB 91 dB Dynamic Range (WDR enabled)120 dB triple exposure (20 fps or less); 100 dB dual exposure (30 fps)N/A N/A Resolution Scaling Down to 768 x 432 Down to 1792 x 1344 Down to 3072 x 1728 Camera Operating Mode N/A Full Feature or High Framerate mode (HDSM 2.0 and analytics disabled in High Framerate mode) Attachment number 1 \nPage 101 of 120 Item # 7 H4 H D C A M E R A S E R I E S INCHES MM In-Ceiling Dome Camera (H4A-DC) 181 7.12 181 7.12 682.68 1646.47 773.03 431.68 43 1.68 773.03 43 1.68 77 3.03 43 1.68 77 3.03 4.50 0.1772 Surface Mount Dome Camera (H4A-D) 118 4.66 4.52 115 4.52 115 4X 4.9 0.19 SLOT163 6.43 163 6.43 SLOT SUPPORTED VIDEO ANALYTICS EVENTS Objects in Area The event is triggered when the selected object type moves into the region of interest. Object Loitering The event is triggered when the selected object type stays within the region of interest for an extended amount of time. Objects Crossing Beam The event is triggered when the specified number of objects have crossed the directional beam that has is configured over the camera’s field of view. The beam can be unidirectional or bidirectional. Object Appears or Enters Area The event is triggered by each object that enters the region of interest. This event can be used to count objects. Object Not Present in Area The event is triggered when no objects are present in the region of interest. Objects Enter Area The event is triggered when the specified number of objects have entered the region of interest. Objects Leave Area The event is triggered when the specified number of objects have left the region of interest. Object Stops in Area The event is triggered when an object in a region of interest stops moving for the specified threshold time. Direction Violated The event is triggered when an object moves in the prohibited direction of travel. Tamper Detection The event is triggered when the scene unexpectedly changes. Outline Dimensions CERTIFICATIONS Certifications UL cUL CE ROHS WEEE RCM Safety UL 60950-1 CSA 60950-1 IEC/EN 60950-1 IEC 62471 (for -IR option) Environmental IK10 Impact Rating Electromagnetic Emissions FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B IC ICES-003 Class B EN 55022 Class B EN 61000-6-3 EN 61000-3-2 EN 61000-3-3 Electromagnetic Immunity EN 55024 EN 61000-6-1 Attachment number 1 \nPage 102 of 120 Item # 7 Jan.2016—Rev1© 2016, Avigilon Corporation. All rights reserved. AVIGILON, the AVIGILON logo, AVIGILON CONTROL CENTER, ACC, HIGH DEFINITION STREAM MANAGEMENT, HDSM and LIGHTCATCHER are trademarks of Avigilon Corporation. Other product names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners. The absence of the symbols ™ and ® in proximity to each trademark in this document is not a disclaimer of ownership of the related trademark. Avigilon Corporation protects its innovations with patents issued in the United States of America and other jurisdictions worldwide: www.avigilon.com/patents. Unless stated explicitly and in writing, no license is granted with respect to any copyright, industrial design, trademark, patent or other intellectual property rights of Avigilon Corporation or its licensors. H4 H D C A M E R A S E R I E S Ordering Information H4A-DC-SMOK1 In-Ceiling Dome Camera Cover with Smoked Bubble H4A-DC-CLER1 In-Ceiling Dome Camera Cover with Clear Bubble H4A-DC-SMOK1-BL Black In-Ceiling Dome Camera Cover with Smoked Bubble H4A-DC-CLER1-BL Black In-Ceiling Dome Camera Cover with Clear Bubble H4A-DC-CPNL1 Metal Ceiling Panel H4A-AC-GROM1 Camera Sealing Grommet, Pack of 10 H4-AC-WIFI1-NA USB Wifi Adapter CM-AC-AVIO1 3.5 mm Jack with 1.8 m Fly Wires SURFACE MOUNT INDOOR DOME CAMERAS MP WDR LIGHTCATCHER ANALYTICS LENS IR 1.0C-H4A-D1 1.0 ✓✓✓3 - 9 mm 1.0C-H4A-D1-IR 1.0 ✓✓✓3 - 9 mm ✓ 1.0C-H4A-D2 1.0 ✓✓✓9 - 22 mm 2.0C-H4A-D1 2.0 ✓✓✓3 - 9 mm 2.0C-H4A-D1-IR 2.0 ✓✓✓3 - 9 mm ✓ 2.0C-H4A-D2 2.0 ✓✓✓9 - 22 mm 3.0C-H4A-D1 3.0 ✓✓✓3 - 9 mm 3.0C-H4A-D1-IR 3.0 ✓✓✓3 - 9 mm ✓ 3.0C-H4A-D2 3.0 ✓✓✓9 - 22 mm 5.0L-H4A-D1 5.0 ✓✓4.3 - 8 mm 5.0L-H4A-D2 5.0 ✓✓9 - 22 mm 5.0L-H4A-D1-IR 5.0 ✓✓4.3 - 8 mm ✓ 8.0-H4A-D1 8.0 ✓4.3 - 8 mm 8.0-H4A-D1-IR 8.0 ✓4.3 - 8 mm ✓ H4A-DD-SMOK1 Indoor Dome Camera Cover with Smoked Bubble H4A-DD-CLER1 Indoor Dome Camera Cover with Clear Bubble H4A-DD-SMOK1-BL Black Indoor Dome Camera Cover with Smoked Bubble H4A-DD-CLER1-BL Black Indoor Dome Camera Cover with Clear Bubble H4A-DD-SDWL1 Indoor Dome Camera Sidewall Knockout Plug, Pack of 5 H4A-DD-SDWL1-BL Indoor Black Dome Camera Sidewall Knockout Plug, Pack of 5 H4A-AC-GROM1 Camera Sealing Grommet, Pack of 10 H4-AC-WIFI1-NA USB Wifi Adapter CM-AC-AVIO1 3.5 mm Jack with 1.8 m Fly Wires IN-CEILING DOME CAMERAS MP WDR LIGHTCATCHER ANALYTICS LENS 1.0C-H4A-DC1 1.0 ✓✓✓3 - 9 mm 1.0C-H4A-DC2 1.0 ✓✓✓9 - 22 mm 2.0C-H4A-DC1 2.0 ✓✓✓3 - 9 mm 2.0C-H4A-DC2 2.0 ✓✓✓9 - 22 mm 3.0C-H4A-DC1 3.0 ✓✓✓3 - 9 mm 3.0C-H4A-DC2 3.0 ✓✓✓9 - 22 mm 5.0L-H4A-DC1 5.0 ✓✓4.3 - 8 mm 5.0L-H4A-DC2 5.0 ✓✓9 - 22 mm 8.0-H4A-DC1 8.0 ✓4.3 - 8 mm Attachment number 1 \nPage 103 of 120 Item # 7 1 SUPPORT asksales@avigilon.com | avigilon.com HD NVR Value KEY FEATURES Preloaded and configured with ACC™ video management software High performance of up to 384 Mbps of total throughput ― simultaneous recording, playback, and live streaming Highly scalable capacity options — up to 18TB of recording for long-term video retention Hot-swappable components maintain video recording and playback operations even in the event of multiple component failures An easy to access and maintain 1U rack mount chassis — includes a sliding rail kit and cable management system A three-year warranty with onsite parts delivery service The Avigilon HD NVR Value is a 1U rack mountable recorder specifically manufactured for the Avigilon ecosystem. It leverages the full power of Avigilon Control Center (ACC) software to deliver high performance and retention at a lower cost of ownership. The NVR Value meets the requirements of IP video and video analytics metadata storage. It’s backed by the Avigilon three-year warranty, which provides businesses with support and onsite parts delivery for continuous recording and retention of video while minimizing disruptions to security operations. The HD NVR Value is an out-of-the-box, ready-to- deploy video recording platform designed for single site surveillance or to be distributed across multiple remote sites. Avigilon HD Network Video Recorders (NVRs) provide secure, reliable and scalable platforms for high performance end-to-end security solutions. Our network security recorders have Avigilon Control Center (ACC) software preloaded and configured for plug-and-play network video recording and management of multi- megapixel IP cameras, up to our industry-leading 7K (30 megapixel) HD Pro. Attachment number 1 \nPage 104 of 120 Item # 7 2 SUPPORT asksales@avigilon.com | avigilon.com SYSTEM Video Management Software Avigilon Control Center™ – compatible with Enterprise, Standard and Core editions Network Video Streaming Performance* Network Connection 1 GbE - with multiple network connections Recording Data Rate Up to 256 Mbps Playback and Live Streaming Up to 128 Mbps (while simultaneously recording video) Number of Cameras Up to 128 Recording Storage Capacity Up to 24 TB raw, 18 TB effective (RAID 5) Hard Disk Drive Configuration Video data — up to 4 x large form factor near-line SAS hard disk drives, hot-swappable, RAID 5 Network Interface 2 x 1 GbE RJ-45 ports (1000Base-T) Memory 8 GB DDR4 Operating System Microsoft Windows 10 Enterprise Processor Intel® Xeon® E3-1220 V5 (8M cache, 3.00 GHz) Video Outputs 2 x VGA Local Viewing No Remote Access iDRAC8 Express * These performance figures are based on validation testing by Avigilon, using Avigilon Control Center software. For more information, contact Avigilon Sales. MECHANICAL Form Factor 1U rack mount chassis Dimensions (LxWxH)with bezel 674.7 mm x 482.4 mm x 42.95 mm; 26.56” x 18.99” x 1.69” Weight 13.8 kg (30.42 lb) ELECTRICAL Power Input 100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz, autoranging Power Supply Single — optional secondary power supply available Power Consumption 350 W (1194.2 BTU/hr) ENVIRONMENTAL Operating Temperature 10°C to 35°C (50°F to 95°F) with no direct sunlight on the equipment Storage Temperature -40° C to 65° C (-40° F to 149° F) Operating Humidity 10% to 80% Relative Humidity with 29°C (84.2°F) maximum dew point Storage Humidity 5% to 95% RH with 33°C (91°F) maximum dew point. Atmosphere must be non-condensing at all times Operating Vibration 0.26 Grms at 5 Hz to 350 Hz Storage Vibration 1.88 Grms at 10 Hz to 500 Hz for 15 min Operating Shock Six consecutively executed shock pulses in the positive and negative x, y, and z axes of 40 G for up to 2.3 ms Storage Shock Six consecutively executed shock pulses in the positive and negative x, y, and z axes (one pulse on each side of the system) of 71 G for up to 2 ms Operating Altitude 3,048 m (10,000 ft) Storage Altitude 12,000 m (39,370 ft) CERTIFICATIONS Safety EN 60950-1:2006 / A11:2009 / A1:2010 / A12:2011 / A2:2013 EN 62311:2008 UL/CSA/IEC 60950-1, 2 Ed + Am 1: 2009 + Am 2: 2013 Power Efficiency 80 PLUS Platinum ENERGY STAR 2.0 Electromagnetic Emissions US CFR Title 47, FCC Part 2, 15 Canadian ICES-003(A) Issue 5 EN 55022:2010/CISPR 22:2010 EN 61000-3-2:2006 +A1:2009 +A2:2009/IEC 61000-3-2:2005 +A1:2008 +A2:2009 (Class D) EN 61000-3-3:2008/ IEC 61000-3-3:2008 Electromagnetic Immunity EN 55024:2010/CISPR 24:2010 Directives RoHS, Reach (SVHC), WEEE SUPPLIED ACCESSORIES Rack Rail System Sliding rail system with cable management arm. Supports:• Tool-less mounting in 19”-wide EIA-310-E compliant square hole and unthreaded round-hole 4-post racks• Tooled mounting in threaded hole 4-post racks Bezel 1, front Power Cords 1 Specifications Attachment number 1 \nPage 105 of 120 Item # 7 Nov 2017 — Rev 5© 2016-2017, Avigilon Corporation. All rights reserved. AVIGILON, the AVIGILON logo, AVIGILON CONTROL CENTER, ACC, and TRUSTED SECURITY SOLUTIONS are trademarks of Avigilon Corporation. Other names or logos mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners. Avigilon Corporation protects its innovations with patents issued in the United States of America and other jurisdictions worldwide (see avigilon.com/patents). Unless stated explicitly and in writing, no license is granted with respect to any copyright, industrial design, trademark, patent or other intellectual property rights of Avigilon Corporation or its licensors.3 [25.33] 643.30 [26.56] 674.70 [18.99] 482.40 [17.07] 433.62 [1.69] 42.95 HD-NVR3-VAL-6TB 6 TB HD NVR Value with Microsoft Windows 10 Enterprise Embedded and Avigilon Control Center HD-NVR3-VAL-12TB 12 TB HD NVR Value with Microsoft Windows 10 Enterprise Embedded and Avigilon Control Center HD-NVR3-VAL-18TB 18 TB HD NVR Value with Microsoft Windows 10 Enterprise Embedded and Avigilon Control Center Avigilon Control Center licenses must be purchased separately Outline Dimensions Ordering Information INCHES MM HD-NVR3-VAL-2NDPS-AU Redundant, hot-swappable power supply, for AU HD-NVR3-VAL-2NDPS-EU Redundant, hot-swappable power supply, for EU HD-NVR3-VAL-2NDPS-NA Redundant, hot-swappable power supply, for NA HD-NVR3-VAL-2NDPS-UK Redundant, hot-swappable power supply, for UK HD-NVR3-VAL-xxTB-NA =HD-NVR3-VAL-xxTB-UK =HD-NVR3-VAL-xxTB-EU =HD-NVR3-VAL-xxTB-AU =HD-NVR3-VAL-xxTB-DK =HD-NVR3-VAL-xxTB-CH = Attachment number 1 \nPage 106 of 120 Item # 7 AXIS P1264 Network Camera Cost-effective,extremely discreet pinhole camera AXIS P1264 Network Camera is a cost-effective and extremely discreet pinhole camera with HDTV 720p performance. Comprising a sensor unit and a main unit,the indoor camera is ideal for use in stores,ATMs,and ticket/vending machines. The pinhole sensor unit can be mounted in tight places,and behind a thin metal/plastic/glass panel with the included mounting bracket.The sensor unit has a 57°horizontal field of view.A detachable 8 m (26 ft)cable connects the sensor unit to a small main unit.The main unit supports PoE,edge storage and Zipstream technology for lower bandwidth and storage use. >Pinhole lens for extremely discreet surveillance >HDTV 720p and 57°horizontal field of view >Axis Zipstream technology >Built-in microSD card slot >Power over Ethernet Datasheet Attachment number 1 \nPage 107 of 120 Item # 7 AXIS P1264 Network Camera Camera Image sensor 1/4”(effective)progressive scan RGB CMOS Lens Fixed iris,fixed focus,pinhole 3.7 mm,F2.5 Horizontal field of view:57° Vertical field of view:31° Minimum illumination Color:0.5 lux Shutter time 1/24500 s to 1/6 s Video Video compression H.264 (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC)Baseline,Main and High Profiles Motion JPEG Resolution 1280x720 to 480x270 Frame rate 25/30 fps (50/60 Hz) Video streaming Multiple,individually configurable streams in H.264 and Motion JPEG Axis Zipstream technology in H.264 Controllable frame rate and bandwidth VBR/MBR H.264 Image settings Compression,color,brightness,sharpness,contrast,white balance,exposure value,exposure control,exposure zones,local contrast,rotation,corridor format,WDR,text and image overlay, privacy mask,mirroring of images Network Security Password protection,IP address filtering,HTTPSa encryption, IEEE 802.1Xa network access control,Digest authentication,User access log,Centralized certificate management Supported protocols IPv4/v6,HTTP,HTTPSa,SSL/TLSa,QoS Layer 3 DiffServ,FTP, CIFS/SMB,SMTP,Bonjour,UPnPTM,SNMPv1/v2c/v3 (MIB-II), DNS,DynDNS,NTP,RTSP,RTP,SFTP,TCP,UDP,IGMP,RTCP,ICMP, DHCP,ARP,SOCKS,SSH System integration Application Programming Interface Open API for software integration,including VAPIX®and AXIS Camera Application Platform (ACAP);specifications at www.axis.com AXIS VideoHosting System (AVHS)with One-Click Connection ONVIF®Profile S and ONVIF®Profile G,specification at www.onvif.org Analytics Included AXIS Video Motion Detection,active tampering alarm Supported AXIS Cross Line Detection Support for AXIS Camera Application Platform enabling installation of third-party applications,seewww.axis.com/acap Event triggers Analytics Edge storage events Event actions File upload:email,FTP,HTTP,HTTPS,network share Notification:email,HTTP,HTTPS and TCP Pre-and post-alarm video buffering Send SNMP trap,WDR mode Built-in installation aids Pixel counter Data streaming Event data General Casing AXIS P12 Mk II Main Unit:Steel and plastic AXIS F1004 Pinhole Sensor Unit:Metal casing (aluminum) Memory 512 MB RAM,256 MB Flash Power Power over Ethernet IEEE 802.3af/802.3at Type 1 Class 2 max 4.0 W,typical 2.5 W Connectors Female RJ45 for 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX PoE RJ12 for sensor unit Storage Support for microSD/microSDHC/microSDXC card Support for SD card encryption Support for recording to network-attached storage (NAS) For SD card and NAS recommendations,see www.axis.com Operating conditions -20 °C to 50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) Humidity 10-85%RH (non-condensing) Storage conditions -40 °C to 65 °C (-40 °F to 149 °F) Approvals EMC EN 55022 Class B,FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B, ICES-003 Class B,VCCI Class B,RCM AS/NZS CISPR 22 Class B, Safety IEC/EN/UL 60950-1 Environment IEC 60068-2-1,IEC 60068-2-2,IEC 60068-2-6,IEC 60068-2-14, IEC 60068-2-27 Dimensions AXIS P12 Mk II Main Unit:16.5x 46 x 109 mm (5/8 x1 13/16 x 4 5/16 in) AXIS F1004 Pinhole Sensor Unit:27 x 20 x 18 mm (1 1/16 x 13/16 x 11/16 in) Sensor unit cable:8 m (26 ft) Weight AXIS P12 Mk II Main Unit:72 g (2.5 oz) AXIS F1004 Pinhole Sensor Unit:14 g (0.5 oz) Sensor unit cable:128 g (4.5 oz) Included accessories Installation Guide,Windows decoder 1-user license,AVHS Authentication key AXIS F8206 Pinhole Mounting Bracket 8-m (26 ft)black cable Optional accessories AXIS T8120 15 W Midspan 1-port AXIS T8129 PoE Extender Network cable coupler indoor slim AXIS Surveillance Cards AXIS F7315 Cable White 15 m AXIS F8204 Mounting Band AXIS F9201 Black Height Strip Housing AXIS F9201 Silver Height Strip Housing For more accessories,see www.axis.com Video management software AXIS Companion,AXIS Camera Station,Video management software from Axis’Application Development Partners available on www.axis.com/vms Warranty Axis 3-year warranty and AXIS Extended Warranty option,see www.axis.com/warranty a.This product includes software developed bythe OpenSSL Project for useintheOpenSSLToolkit(http://www.openssl.org/),and cryptographic software written by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com). Environmental responsibility: www.axis.com/environmental-responsibility www.axis.com ©2016 Axis Communications AB.AXIS COMMUNICATIONS,AXIS,and VAPIX are registered trademarks or trademark applications of Axis AB in various jurisdictions.All other company names and products are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.Wereservethe right to introduce modifications without notice. 16 18 9 16 / E N / M 2 . 2 / 0 72 0 17 Attachment number 1 \nPage 108 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Appendices 9-1 SECTION 9 APPENDICES 9.1 SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT Commercially reasonable efforts will be made to provide monthly availability of 99.9% with the exception of maintenance windows. There are many factors beyond Motorola Solutions’ control that may impact Motorola Solutions’ ability to achieve this goal, including but not limited to a Force Majeure. Additionally, Motorola Solutions will strive to meet the response time goals set forth in the table below. RESPONSE TIME GOALS SEVERITY LEVEL DEFINITION RESPONSE TIME 1 Total System Failure - occurs when the System is not functioning and there is no workaround; such as a Central Server is down or when the workflow of an entire agency is not functioning. This level is meant to represent a major issue that results in an unusable System, Subsystem, Product, or critical features. No work around or immediate solution is available. Telephone conference within 1 Hour of initial voice notification 2 Critical Failure - Critical process failure occurs when a crucial element in the System that does not prohibit continuance of basic operations is not functioning and there is usually no suitable work-around. Note that this may not be applicable to intermittent problems. This level is meant to represent a moderate issue that limits a Customer’s normal use of the System, Subsystem, Product or major non-critical features. Telephone conference within 3 Business Hours of initial voice notification during normal business hours 3 Non-Critical Failure - Non-Critical part or component failure occurs when a System component is not functioning, but the System is still useable for its intended purpose, or there is a reasonable workaround. This level is meant to represent a minor issue that does not preclude use of the System, Subsystem, Product, or critical features. Telephone conference within 6 Business Hours of initial notification during normal business hours 4 Inconvenience - An inconvenience occurs when System causes a minor disruption in the way tasks are performed but does not stop workflow. This level is meant to represent very minor issues, such as cosmetic issues, documentation errors, general usage questions, and product or System Update requests. Telephone conference within 2 Standard Business Days of initial notification Attachment number 1 \nPage 109 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 9-2 Appendices Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 9.2 TRAINING 9.2.1 Overview Motorola Solutions understands that successful implementation and use of your communications system depends on effective training. We have developed a training proposal for Augusta to ensure a comprehensive understanding of your proposed system and all user equipment. We are leveraging over 85 years of training experience working with customers just like you to provide recommendations for your consideration. The training proposal detailed in the following pages incorporates customer feedback coupled with a best practices systematic approach to produce effective course delivery and content. Our commitment to Augusta is to provide unsurpassed services that ensure the equipment operates efficiently for the life of the system. To do so, we directly train your personnel to utilize the system to its maximum potential. Augusta personnel will gain in-depth understanding of the power of your new system through education and proficient daily use. Our high-quality training focuses on student needs. The training is complemented by detailed documentation and available continuing education programs. We will collaborate with Augusta to develop a final customized training plan that fits your needs. Our goal is to insure system administrators, technicians and end users are skilled in using your new system. 9.2.2 Training Approach Our training solutions deliver a combination of online training and field based instructor-led training in classrooms at Augusta locations using operational equipment. Motorola Solutions will employ knowledgeable and experienced instructors to deliver well-designed courseware and integrated lab activities. Training is based upon several key criteria: • Course design is driven by an analysis of student needs. It focuses on specific application rather than theory. • Learning objectives are based upon what students need to accomplish on the job. • Hands-on lab opportunities using Augusta specific job aids are incorporated to maximize learning and retention. Our instructors bring invaluable experience and knowledge of customer communication solutions into their training approach. This gives them better insight and understanding into the practical aspects of Augusta manager, technician and end user job functions. Each instructor has the proven ability to communicate with a novice as well as expert personnel. 9.2.3 Proposed Courses Motorola Solutions has identified the following course(s) that are necessary to achieve the training goals for Augusta. Course description files for the recommended courses are provided in the matrix below. Class delivery for instructor-led courses in the field will be tailored for your system and features. Specifically, our proposed training plan addresses the following categories as identified in your request for proposal: • CommandCentral Vault System Administrators • Video Camera Operators and Administrators Attachment number 1 \nPage 110 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Appendices 9-3 CommandCentral Vault Training Course Title Target Audience Sessions Duration Location Date Participants CommandCentral Vault Digital Evidence Management Solution (Instructor-led) CommandCentral Vault System Administrators 1 2 days Augusta, GA Prior to managing 2 Course Synopsis: The CommandCentral Vault Field Workshop provides an in-depth learning experience for users of the CommandCentral Vault DEMS to enable them to make the most effective use of the solution. Key topics for this workshop include video management, redaction, data tagging, event correlation, and content security. Participants will learn topics through a combination of hands-on lab activities, demonstration, and discussion. An additional section of this course adds additional content for system administrators responsible for the administration of a CommandCentral Vault solution. Key topics for this section include adding users and camera devices to vault, case type addition and modification, and other configuration tasks Video Camera Training Course Title Target Audience Sessions Duration Location Date Participants ACC Video Operator (Online/Self-Paced) Video Camera Operators 2 2.5 hours Online Prior to operating 2 Course Synopsis: This course is designed for learners who need to know how to operate the Control Center Client software at a basic level. It is designed for learners whose primary responsibility is to monitor a site. Topics covered in the course include viewing live surveillance video, viewing video of alarm events, finding and reviewing recorded video, performing different types of video searches, and more. ACCVideo Administrators (Online/Self-Paced) Video Camera Administrators 2 2.5 hours Online Prior to Managing 2 Course Synopsis: This course is designed for learners who need to know how to administer the Control Center Client software at a basic level. In this course, you will obtain the knowledge necessary to both monitor and administer the system, including configuring cameras, setting up alarms and rules, checking system health, setting up users, groups, ranks, hierarchies, site families and more. Please see the course information included in the pages that follow. Attachment number 1 \nPage 111 of 120 Item # 7 Motorola Public Document Classification Page 1 of 2 COMMANDCENTRAL VAULT DIGITAL EVIDENCE MANAGMENT SOLUTION FIELD WORKSHOP RDSXXXX COURSE DESCRIPTION 3-MAR-2016 MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS LEARNING Attachment number 1 \nPage 112 of 120 Item # 7 Motorola Solutions Learning RDSxxxx– CommandCentral Vault Course Description Motorola Public Document Classification Page 2 of 2 Course Description The CommandCentral Vault Field Workshop provides an in-depth learning experience for users of the CommandCentral Vault DEMS to enable them to make the most effective use of the solution. Key topics for this workshop include video management, redaction, data tagging, event correlation, and content security. Participants will learn topics through a combination of hands- on lab activities, demonstration, and discussion. An additional section of this course adds additional content for system administrators responsible for the administration of a CommandCenter Vault solution. Key topics for this section include adding users and camera devices to vault, case type addition and modification, and other configuration tasks. Target Audience CommandCentral Vault users and System Administrators. Course Objectives By the end of the course, you will be able to: - Describe CommandCentral Vault and how it interacts with video devices. - Navigate Command Central Vault - Filter and Sort video/image files stored in the vault - Assign metadata information to uploaded video/image files - Bookmark and annotate video/image files - Correlate video/image files to system events - Understand Security requirements including secure chain of custody and transfer Additional objectives for Administrators - Add users to CommandCentral Vault - Sync camers to Command Central Vault - Modify and upload case types Requisite Knowledge TBD-CommandCentral Vault Overview Delivery Method ILT = Instructor Led Training Duration 2 Days Attachment number 1 \nPage 113 of 120 Item # 7 Duration: 2-2.5 hours Delivery Method: Online/Self-Paced Perpetual Target Audience: Operators and Administrators Requisite Knowledge: None Course Description: This course is designed for learners who need to know how to operate the ACC (Avigilon Control Center) Client software at a basic level. It is designed for learners whose primary responsibility is to monitor a site. Topics covered in the course include viewing live surveillance video, viewing video of alarm events, finding and reviewing recorded video, performing different types of video searches, and more. General Learning Outcome: Upon completing the ACC Operator Course, you will be able to operate the Client software at a basic level. Specific Learning Outcomes: Specifically, upon completing this course, you will be able to: • Perform basic functions in the software • Use and adjust image panels • Control and direct a PTZ camera • Create presets and tours • Use the digital defog feature • Replay live video • Setup a view layout • Create and use maps • View video in an event of an alarm • Automize to quickly access the software • Quickly show, review, and investigate events with other users • Interact with display monitors that are not directly connected to a workstation • View recorded video • Access search types for recorded video • Perform a bookmark search • Search for events from multiple cameras • Search through an alarm’s history • Perform a thumbnail search • Perform a motion search • Perform a POS transaction search • Perform an appearance search • Create a bookmark • Save a snapshot • Export videos and images Attachment number 1 \nPage 114 of 120 Item # 7 Duration: 2-2.5 hours Delivery Method: Online/Self-Paced Perpetual Target Audience: Administrators Requisite Knowledge: ACC Operator Course Description: This course is designed for learners who need to know how to administer the ACC (Avigilon Control Center) Client software at a basic level. In this course, you will obtain the knowledge necessary to both monitor and administer the system, including configuring cameras, setting up alarms and rules, checking system health, setting up users, groups, ranks, hierarchies, site families and more. General Learning Outcome: Upon completing the ACC Administrator Course, you will be able to set up and configure ACC software. Specific Learning Outcomes: Specifically, upon completing this course, you will be able to: • Group servers into a site. • Install a virtual matrix and add and remove monitor views. • Set up a gateway. • Connect a camera to a server. • Find and connect a video analytics appliance to the software. • Configure general device settings in the software. • Use the Site View Editor to configure the appearance of the system explorer. • Search for an event and export the event log. • Set up an email notification for when an event occurs. • Access the Site Health feature and analyze the general performance of a site. • Complete a backup and restore. • Schedule backups of recorded video. • Complete the steps to upgrade the server(s) at your site. • Add, manage, and remove users. • Create and manage groups. • Import a Windows Active Directory group. • Create and manage alarms. • Create and manage rules. • Describe how corporate hierarchies work. • Setup a corporate hierarchy in your site. • Connect child sites to a parent site. Attachment number 1 \nPage 115 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 9-4 Appendices Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 9.3 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 9.3.1 Overview Motorola Solutions understands that every agency faces their own challenges with regard to digital evidence and video management. Legislative statutes vary between states, regions, and countries. Operational standards vary between agencies, and even within an agency amongst divisions. Our Professional Services team are industry experts and leverage decades of law enforcement experience in order to assist you in operationalizing your system purchase to the maximum benefit of your specific agency. Our commitment to law enforcement video and digital evidence is to provide unsurpassed services, software, and equipment that operates efficiently and reliably. We are dedicated to assuring that for the life of your system, we keep your agency technologically current and support your department with unparalleled support that is unique to the industry. Your Professional Services expert will assess workflows specific to your department and evaluate your needs through a series of interviews of key personnel, agency SOPs, and industry best practices. We will work closely with the system integrators and training staff to customize your system and instruct your personnel so that you deploy the most efficient and reliable solution that you can. 9.3.2 Services Approach Our industry expert will engage with your personnel prior to any resource deployment and through a series of interviews, evaluation of your pre-deployment questionnaire, your expectations of the system, judicial partner expectations, and your standard operating procedures will create a deployment and training plan that fits with your agency. Our solution is not an off-the-shelf system that we expect you to unbox, assign to officers and hope for the best. No two deployments are the same. Device configuration, CommandCentral Vault configuration, operational policy considerations, retention policies, pre-buffering requirements, and a myriad of other considerations must be addressed prior to deployment in order to ensure successful implementation of your system. During and after implementation for all Digital Evidence Management Solution products, Motorola’s Professional Services Team will evaluate workflows, policies and procedures of your agency as they relate to Digital Evidence Management. Industry Experts will recommend best practices, efficiencies, and policy/procedure analysis. Professional Services is important to link your agency to the entire process of video acquisition. CommandCentral Vault Operational Integration provides customers with a personalized experience as they integrate CommandCentral Vault into their daily operations. Whether an initial deployment of Vault, or existing customers who desire customized agency-specific instruction, CommandCentral Operational Integration ensures customers find success with their CommandCentral services. Engagements allow the customer flexibility when working through complex system integration tasks or to coincide with basic Vault training. CommandCentral Vault Operational Integration provides agency personnel with the knowledge to operationalize and extract maximum benefit from CommandCentral Vault within their agency. Some features of this service include: • Provide your agency with trained and experienced Digital Evidence professionals based on contracted hours. • With respect to applicable laws and in accordance with agency instruction and guidance, understand and implement operational integration of Motorola’s Digital Evidence Management Solution. • Working with the customer’s representative, assure that your agency’s policies and processes conform to the law of your State as well as identified best practices. Attachment number 1 \nPage 116 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Appendices 9-5 • Offer processes that provide optimal workflows that limit the agency’s investment in personnel costs while providing the highest quality of evidentiary data. • During the engagement, respond to evolving concerns related to the solution hardware and/or storage of evidence based on regular feedback between the agency and Motorola Professional Services staff. • The Digital Evidence Management Professional will expertly review video evidence processes as they relate to creation, retention, redaction, purgings, and access, to the specific instruction and direction given by the customer. • Work with customer to adjust processes based on historical best practices and evolving law and policy as directed by customer. 9.4 AWARE/INFORM Motorola Solutions Inc.is pleased to have the opportunity to offer to the City of Augusta, Georgia with our Intelligence-Led Public Safety Solutions (ILPS), CommandCentral platform as part of our response to the RFP for an Interview Room Recording and Digital Evidence Management System. The project involves a private business component along with the addition of an Intelligence Led Public Safety Solutions. This solution provides the City of Augusta Police Department (MPD) component which supports the City’s crime fighting initiatives of using technology to be proactive plus more quickly analyze and respond to crime. Our proposed CommandCentral Solution provides the City with an aggregation of multiple disparate sources of information (video, 911/CAD, and other existing City’s systems) currently used by the City to provide additional intelligence for their RTCC to be able to respond to issues quicker than today. All of these existing systems will be integrated into the existing CommandCentral Aware system with alarm notifications and automated workflows for quick access to information with real-time intelligence to improve decision making and reduce crime. In addition to CommandCentral Aware at the RTCC we have proposed a CommandCentral Inform as well. CommandCentral Aware - Motorola Solutions, Inc. CommandCentral Aware provides a common operational picture through the real-time aggregation, correlation and analysis of systems and disparate data sources including CAD, video feeds, public data sources, social media, asset and resource information. The Aware positions will help the City of Augusta more of the community with the same amount of resources and use real-time situational awareness to help prevent, respond to and solve crime. CommandCentral Aware provides a complete operating picture, integrating real-time intelligence remotely in the command center to assist officers in the field. Voice, data and video can be monitored simultaneously by a single analyst to supervise threats or head off trouble on the streets. Use as a “virtual patrol” or to assist with incident response, CommandCentral Aware has delivered proven results helping agencies improve decision-making and reduce crime. Attachment number 1 \nPage 117 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 9-6 Appendices Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted CommandCentral Aware Features: • Geospatial Event Mapping: See camera locations, CAD incidents, personnel status and location, open source data alerts, sensors and more, on a map that can be customized with any of your agency’s other data layers. • Activity Monitor: View a real-time feed of alerts and incident occurrences as they populate on the map. Each event can be viewed in detail with information drawn from additional data sources pertaining to that specific event. • Rules Engine: Automate workflows by associating related data together from disparate systems to get a comprehensive picture of the incident or threat occurrence. This can include video sources, related open-source data alerts, a CAD incident, sensor alarms and more. • Real-Time Video Streaming: Virtually patrol your community or get eyes on the scene of an event in seconds by viewing up to 16 cameras simultaneously from fixed or mobile video feeds via any video management system you use. Easily reference the video source, date, time and location as well as customize camera groups for quicker access to particular locations. Invest for Today and the Future with CommandCentral Software Motorola Solutions’ ILPS solution provides the City with ability to consolidate camera feeds, incident information, resource locations and other alerts into a single interface. View information however can be customized by user: on a map or an activity monitor -- or both -- with related information based on rules you establish that can trigger automated actions based on the situation. Each user can customize the view based on responsibility Expect more from your technology. Leverage your existing investments with our CommandCentral Software suite to streamline your operations from call to case closure. Applications are designed to meet your specific workflow needs and increase safety for your team and your community. Save clicks. Save seconds. Save lives. 9.4.1 ILPS Solution Products Description 9.4.1.1 CommandCentral Aware CommandCentral Aware provides an aggregated user–configurable set of views that integrate events and video from multiple disparate public safety systems. These views are visible across the multiple monitors (supplied by the Customer for this project), and the view layouts are customized to meet specific deployment needs. CommandCentral Aware identifies and distributes incident-relevant intelligence to first responders in real-time. This incident-relevant intelligence includes Video, CAD incident mapping, Email integration, and other alarms from data sources, integrated Attachment number 1 \nPage 118 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Appendices 9-7 via software connectors, into the Aware system. ESRI maps are built into CommandCentral Aware which also provides the City with the ability to import their own ESRI custom map-layers. NOTE: Available intelligence is limited to what is included on the customer’s existing systems, on the Aware options purchased, and with the integrations outlined in the proposal and final system description. Each Aware client position is typically comprised of a workstation with three monitors. It receives CAD events and/or other data from the Aware server and it interfaces to one or more Video Management Systems (VMS) to display multiple video feeds (subject to camera licensing) for a unified view at the CommandCentral Aware position. The Aware Client supports an incoming rate of up to 40 events per second and can display up to 5000 events at one time. The Aware server provides the interfaces to the external systems from which the data is being collected and distributes this information to the Aware Clients. This server also communicates information to the Video Streaming sub-system (a sub-component of ILPS solution) in order to send video to mobile clients. 9.4.1.2 CommandCentral Inform Motorola Solutions CommandCentral Inform provides an easy-to-access, mobile common operating picture that displays actionable role-based information. Intelligence is organized on a geospatial map in real-time using layers to show the location of people, resources, events, alerts, analytics and developing situations such as weather and traffic conditions. CommandCentral Inform provides situational awareness from multiple systems that previously required separate interfaces to piece the information together, and, critical decisions can be made more efficiently because users have all the information that they need in the field and in the office. CommandCentral Inform visualizes data and multimedia providing personnel in the field or in the command center with critical information to better coordinate, increase situational awareness and improve safety. HTML5-based, CommandCentral Inform can be used on nearly any device, operating system and network. Motorola Solutions’ CommandCentral Inform solution will provide the ability to adding the Customer's ESRI Geographic Information Systems (GIS) layers on the map. The Inform Client supports an incoming rate of up to 60 events per second and can display up to 2000 objects at one time. Attachment number 1 \nPage 119 of 120 Item # 7 Augusta, Georgia July 17, 2018 Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System to the restrictions on the cover page. 9-8 Appendices Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Key Features of CommandCentral Inform Unified Mapping: See events like CAD incidents and sensor alarms, alongside resource locations like personnel and cameras, visualized on an ESRI-based map that can be customized with any of your agency’s other data layers. This view is shared with CommandCentral Aware and can even include data layers from CommandCentral Analytics. (i.e. ESRI online, ESRI server, or static map layers) Desktop & Mobile Accessibility: Work seamlessly from desktop to mobile. CommandCentral Inform is accessible via web browser on any computer as well as from any tablet or smartphone running Android or iOS. Data Layer Filtering: Each data source can be shown or hidden based on selecting or deselecting it in the data layer panel. Data layers can also be prioritized to ensure certain information takes visual precedence on the map. Critical Information Display: Information associated with each event or resource on the map can be viewed in the critical information display. This includes things like incident details from a CAD event, video attachments or status readings from a sensor. Team-Based Permissions: Restrict what personnel see based on what they need to be most effective. This ensures that consistent and relevant information is being referenced from a true common operating picture. “View-Only” Information Access: Ensure workflows are unhindered by access to information in the simplest form possible. CommandCentral Inform’s “view-only” design guarantees users are able to digest the information they need while staying focused. 9.4.2 Network Connectivity The different solutions will be connected through the existing local IP network. The City of Augusta will be responsible for connectivity between the various networks. Motorola Solutions will work with the City’s IT personnel to ensure that connectivity meets minimum requirements and that network design is mutually agreed upon prior to configuration and deployment. Network Physical Requirements: • One (1) network ports for the Customer’s VMS server • One (1) network port per Aware workstation. • One (1) 4-post racks for the server listed above with at least 30” depth. • Two (2) circuits to distribute power to the server (dual power supplies). • Six (6) rack units for servers with at least two (2) RU for air flow below each. Network Requirements: • Provide network ports that are 1GB capable. • Adequate bandwidth with be provided between the Aware Server, VMS Servers, BriefCam Server, PIPS ALPR Server, Aware Clients, and Streaming clients to support multiple video streams simultaneously. Final bandwidth requirements will be determined at Detailed Design Review. • The ILPS server(s) and the servers on this proposal shall be network routable. VPN remote access is required for Motorola Solutions Support Center to perform upgrades troubleshoot and conduct system health checks. Attachment number 1 \nPage 120 of 120 Item # 7 Preliminary Schedule for Augusta, Georgia Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System Final Schedule to be determined during Customer Design Review Meeting Start Date: December 14, 2018 End Date: March 29, 2019 Contract Award December 14, 2018 Notice to Proceed 1 Days Project Kick-Off - Motorola / Customer (Prep & Meeting) 1 Days Contract Design Review (CDR) Internal Contract Design Review Meeting 1 Days Customer Design Review Meeting 1 Days Update Documentation per CDR 2 Days Customer CDR Approval - Sign-off 1 Days Order Processing and Equipment Arrives January 18, 2019 Configure Management and Storage-CommandCentral Vault 2 Days CommandCentral Vault Judicial Set-up & Provisioning 3 Days Installation, Configuration & Provisioning Acceptance of Interview Room Cameras Begins January 28, 2019 Training On-site Training Prep. (joint effort with Customer) 1 Day Provide On-site Training classes as Agreed at CDR (Admin & User Train-the Trainer) 4 Days Acceptance Testing Perform Functional Testing 1 Day Perform Complete DEMS Testing 1 Day ALL Tests Complete Finalize (Project Wrap Up and Acceptance Sign-off) Final Inspection with Customer 1 Day Punch list Resolution 5 Days Final Documentation 2 Days Transition to Service 1 Days Project Closed out 1 Days Final Acceptance Customer Sign-off March 29, 2019 Attachment number 2 \nPage 1 of 1 Item # 7 Motorola Solutions Quotation for Augusta Richmond Interview Room and Digital Evidence Management Solution (DEMS) Contact Name:Augusta Richmond County Quote #: Company:Motorola Solutions Quote Date:2018-10-03 Interview Room Solution Avigilon Interview Room Hardware (Cameras, Microphones, Cabling, etc)24 ($13,243.25) Additional Hardware (As needed)1 Included Command Central Vault Cloud Year 1 Service (21.3TB Annual)21.3TB ($40,139.00) Services Post Sales Deployment Serices 1 ($73,487.25) Project Management Service 1 ($7,508.25) On-Site Instructor Led Training 1 ($5,261.25) DEMS Services Total (USD):($86,256.75) Year 1 Subtotal (USD):$86,256.75 Year by Year Cost Breakdown Table SI Devices and Accessories CommandCentral Vault Subscription Services Total Discounted (USD):Discounted (USD): Discounted (USD): TB Discount Applied (USD): Year 1 ($13,243.25) ($39,975.00) 21.30 ($86,256.75) ($139,475.00) Year 2 ($- ) ($39,975.00) 21.30 ($39,975.00) Year 3 ($- ) ($39,975.00) 21.30 ($39,975.00) Year 4 ($- ) ($39,975.00) 21.30 ($39,975.00) Year 5 ($- ) ($39,975.00) 21.30 ($39,975.00) Augusta Richmond Cost for Additional 250GB Blocks = $394.75 1TB = $1,579 Extended Discounted Price Grand Total (USD):($299,375.00) Attachment number 3 \nPage 1 of 1 Item # 7 OFFICIAL VENDORS Attachment "B"E-Verify SAVE Form Addendum 1 Original 7 Copies Fee Proposal Word Systems Inc. 9045 River Road, Suite 125 Indianapolis, IN 46240 Yes 478462 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes CBeyondata 9435 Lorton Market St. #720 Lorton, VA 22079 Yes 871481 Yes NO Non- Compliant Yes Yes Yes Prologic ITS Sales 106 Northpoint Pkwy, Building 2, Suite 350 Acworth, GA 30102 Yes 730441 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Motorola Solutions, Inc. 1700 Belle Meade Ct. Lawerenceville, GA 30043 Yes 63100 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes The Ped Group 207 Hudson Trace Augusta, GA 30907 BIS Digital 1350 NE 56TH Street Fort Lauderdale, FL 33334 RFP Item #18-231 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System for Augusta, GA-Information Technology Department RFP Date: Tuesday, July 17, 2018 @ 11:00 a.m. Total Number Specifications Mailed Out: 10 Total Number Specifications Download (Demandstar): 8 Total Electronic Notifications (Demandstar): 113 Total Number Specifications Mailed Out to Local Vendors: 1 Pre Proposal Telephone Conference Attendees: 7 Total packages submitted: 5 Total Noncompliant: 2 Late Submittal-Non-Compliant Page 1 of 2 PDFConvert.39655.1.18-231_TAB_OFFICIAL At t a c h m e n t n u m b e r 4 \ n P a g e 1 o f 2 It e m # 7 OFFICIAL VENDORS Attachment "B"E-Verify SAVE Form Addendum 1 Original 7 Copies Fee Proposal RFP Item #18-231 Interview Room Recording & Digital Evidence Management System for Augusta, GA-Information Technology Department RFP Date: Tuesday, July 17, 2018 @ 11:00 a.m. Total Number Specifications Mailed Out: 10 Total Number Specifications Download (Demandstar): 8 Total Electronic Notifications (Demandstar): 113 Total Number Specifications Mailed Out to Local Vendors: 1 Pre Proposal Telephone Conference Attendees: 7 Total packages submitted: 5 Total Noncompliant: 2 AXON 17800 N 85TH Street Scottsdale , AZ 85255 Yes 18559 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Page 2 of 2 PDFConvert.39655.1.18-231_TAB_OFFICIAL At t a c h m e n t n u m b e r 4 \ n P a g e 2 o f 2 It e m # 7 PROLOGIC ITS SALES ATTN:STEVE ROGERS 106 NORTHPOINT PKWY BUILDING 2, SUITE 350 ACWORTH, GA 30102 PROLOGIC ITS SALES ATTN:STEVE ROGERS 106 NORTHPOINT PKWY BUILDING 2, SUITE 350 ACWORTH, GA 30102 PROLOGIC ITS SALES ATTN:STEVE ROGERS 106 NORTHPOINT PKWY BUILDING 2, SUITE 350 ACWORTH, GA 30102 AXON ATTN: ANDREW TANIS/RICH ALLEN 17800 N 85TH STREET SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85255 AXON ATTN: ANDREW TANIS/RICH ALLEN 17800 N 85TH STREET SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85255 AXON ATTN: ANDREW TANIS/RICH ALLEN 17800 N 85TH STREET SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85255 WORD SYSTEMS INC ATTN: JOE PALMERI 5578 E. ARTHUR STREET INVERNESS, FL 34452 WORD SYSTEMS INC ATTN: JOE PALMERI 5578 E. ARTHUR STREET INVERNESS, FL 34452 WORD SYSTEMS INC ATTN: JOE PALMERI 5578 E. ARTHUR STREET INVERNESS, FL 34452 MOTOROLLA SOLUTIONS ATTN: HOWELL HERRON 1700 BELLE MEADE CT. LAWRENCEVILLE, GA 30043 MOTOROLLA SOLUTIONS ATTN: HOWELL HERRON 1700 BELLE MEADE CT. LAWRENCEVILLE, GA 30043 MOTOROLLA SOLUTIONS ATTN: HOWELL HERRON 1700 BELLE MEADE CT. LAWRENCEVILLE, GA 30043 THE PED GROUP ATTN: ROBERT WRIGHT 207 HUDSON TRACE AUGUSTA, GA 30907 THE PED GROUP ATTN: ROBERT WRIGHT 207 HUDSON TRACE AUGUSTA, GA 30907 THE PED GROUP ATTN: ROBERT WRIGHT 207 HUDSON TRACE AUGUSTA, GA 30907 BIS DIGITAL ATTN: DAN MEYER 1350 NE 56TH STREET FORT LAUDERDALE, FL 33334 BIS DIGITAL ATTN: DAN MEYER 1350 NE 56TH STREET FORT LAUDERDALE, FL 33334 BIS DIGITAL ATTN: DAN MEYER 1350 NE 56TH STREET FORT LAUDERDALE, FL 33334 CBEYONDATA ATTN: DOUGLAS SCHMIDTKNECHT 9435 LORTON MARKET ST. #720 LORTON, VA 22079 CBEYONDATA ATTN: DOUGLAS SCHMIDTKNECHT 9435 LORTON MARKET ST. #720 LORTON, VA 22079 CBEYONDATA ATTN: DOUGLAS SCHMIDTKNECHT 9435 LORTON MARKET ST. #720 LORTON, VA 22079 KELLIE IRVING COMPLIANCE GARY HEWETT INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY TAMEKA ALLEN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY RFP Item# 18-231 Interview Room Recording & Evidence Management System for Augusta, GA Inform Tech Dept. RFP Due: Tue 7/17/18 @ 11:00 a.m. RFP Item# 18-231 Interview Room Recording & Evidence Management System for Augusta, GA Inform Tech Dept. Addendum 1 Mailed: 7/2/18 REGGIE HORNE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Attachment number 5 \nPage 1 of 1 Item # 7 Public Safety Committee Meeting 11/27/2018 1:10 PM Ga Department of Corrections Animal Assistance Services Agreement Department:Augusta Animal Services Presenter:Crystal Eskola Caption:Motion to approve Intergovernmental Agreement (IGA) between Georgia Department of Corrections and City of Augusta Animal Services. Background:The Medical Prison and Augusta Animal Services have partnered together to implement a new program called "From the Dog House to the Big House Animal Training Program." Inmates will apply and be interviewed before being selected to participate in the program. The program will increase the prosocial behavior of the inmates thru their interaction with the dogs. Inmates must not have any infractions for a period of time preceding their participation and must not have any infractions during their participation. Participating in the program is a reward for good behavior. In addition, research shows that inmates that participate in programs like this have decreased recidivism rates. The dogs will adjust to human interaction while simultaneously becoming trained in basics such as walking on a leash, being "potty" and crate trained, and being able to respond to basic commands and "tricks". This training will increase the "adoptability" of the dog. Analysis:This program will benefit the DOC Inmates and the dogs at Augusta Animal Services. Augusta Animal Services would be providing for the dogs in the program whether the dog is physically housed at the shelter or DOC. However, the program allows for so much more than meeting the basic needs of the dogs at the shelter. Financial Impact:Animal Services was recently awarded a grant award in the amount of $3756.00 from PetSmart Charities. This program requires no funding from Augusta, GA. Alternatives: Cover Memo Item # 8 Approve the Intergovernmental Agreement(IGA)for the new program "From the Dog House to the Big House Animal Training Program" Denial of the Intergovernmental Agreement (IGA)for the new program "From the Dog House to the Big House Animal Training Program Recommendation:Approve the Intergovernmental Agreement(IGA)for the new program "From the Dog House to the Big House Animal Training Program" Funds are Available in the Following Accounts: Funding for this Intergovernmental Agreement (IGA) for the program "From the Dog House to the Big House Animal Training Program" is a grant award in the amount of $ 3756.00 from PetSmart Charities. This program requires no funding from Augusta, GA. REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY: Finance. Law. Administrator. Clerk of Commission Cover Memo Item # 8 Attachment number 1 \nPage 1 of 11 Item # 8 Attachment number 1 \nPage 2 of 11 Item # 8 Attachment number 1 \nPage 3 of 11 Item # 8 Attachment number 1 \nPage 4 of 11 Item # 8 Attachment number 1 \nPage 5 of 11 Item # 8 Attachment number 1 \nPage 6 of 11 Item # 8 Attachment number 1 \nPage 7 of 11 Item # 8 Attachment number 1 \nPage 8 of 11 Item # 8 Attachment number 1 \nPage 9 of 11 Item # 8 Attachment number 1 \nPage 10 of 11 Item # 8 Attachment number 1 \nPage 11 of 11 Item # 8